]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
9742079a | 1 | \input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*- |
c906108c | 2 | @setfilename gdbint.info |
25822942 | 3 | @include gdb-cfg.texi |
e9c75b65 EZ |
4 | @dircategory Programming & development tools. |
5 | @direntry | |
c906108c | 6 | * Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals. |
e9c75b65 | 7 | @end direntry |
c906108c SS |
8 | |
9 | @ifinfo | |
25822942 | 10 | This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}. |
1e698235 | 11 | Copyright 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003 |
e9c75b65 | 12 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
c906108c SS |
13 | Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore. |
14 | Second Edition by Stan Shebs. | |
15 | ||
e9c75b65 EZ |
16 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
17 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or | |
2a6585f0 | 18 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
e5249f67 AC |
19 | Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
20 | Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU | |
21 | Free Documentation License''. | |
c906108c SS |
22 | @end ifinfo |
23 | ||
24 | @setchapternewpage off | |
25822942 | 25 | @settitle @value{GDBN} Internals |
c906108c | 26 | |
56caf160 EZ |
27 | @syncodeindex fn cp |
28 | @syncodeindex vr cp | |
29 | ||
c906108c | 30 | @titlepage |
25822942 | 31 | @title @value{GDBN} Internals |
c906108c SS |
32 | @subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger} |
33 | @author John Gilmore | |
34 | @author Cygnus Solutions | |
35 | @author Second Edition: | |
36 | @author Stan Shebs | |
37 | @author Cygnus Solutions | |
38 | @page | |
39 | @tex | |
40 | \def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$ | |
41 | \xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too | |
42 | {\parskip=0pt | |
43 | \hfill Cygnus Solutions\par | |
44 | \hfill \manvers\par | |
45 | \hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par | |
46 | } | |
47 | @end tex | |
48 | ||
49 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
1e698235 DJ |
50 | Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001, |
51 | 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
c906108c | 52 | |
e9c75b65 EZ |
53 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
54 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or | |
2a6585f0 | 55 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
e5249f67 AC |
56 | Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover |
57 | Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU | |
58 | Free Documentation License''. | |
c906108c SS |
59 | @end titlepage |
60 | ||
449f3b6c | 61 | @contents |
449f3b6c | 62 | |
c906108c SS |
63 | @node Top |
64 | @c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info, | |
65 | @c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point. | |
66 | @top Scope of this Document | |
67 | ||
25822942 DB |
68 | This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It |
69 | includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well | |
70 | as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets. | |
c906108c SS |
71 | |
72 | @menu | |
73 | * Requirements:: | |
74 | * Overall Structure:: | |
75 | * Algorithms:: | |
76 | * User Interface:: | |
89437448 | 77 | * libgdb:: |
c906108c SS |
78 | * Symbol Handling:: |
79 | * Language Support:: | |
80 | * Host Definition:: | |
81 | * Target Architecture Definition:: | |
82 | * Target Vector Definition:: | |
83 | * Native Debugging:: | |
84 | * Support Libraries:: | |
85 | * Coding:: | |
86 | * Porting GDB:: | |
8973da3a | 87 | * Releasing GDB:: |
085dd6e6 | 88 | * Testsuite:: |
c906108c | 89 | * Hints:: |
aab4e0ec | 90 | |
bcd7e15f | 91 | * GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers |
aab4e0ec | 92 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation |
56caf160 | 93 | * Index:: |
c906108c SS |
94 | @end menu |
95 | ||
96 | @node Requirements | |
97 | ||
98 | @chapter Requirements | |
56caf160 | 99 | @cindex requirements for @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
100 | |
101 | Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal | |
56caf160 EZ |
102 | requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some |
103 | of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN} | |
104 | that have run counter to these requirements. | |
c906108c | 105 | |
56caf160 EZ |
106 | First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a |
107 | front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a | |
108 | shell. It's not a programming environment. | |
c906108c | 109 | |
56caf160 EZ |
110 | @value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is |
111 | available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human | |
112 | programmer. | |
c906108c | 113 | |
56caf160 EZ |
114 | @value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on |
115 | the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is | |
116 | going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time | |
117 | to debugger commands. | |
c906108c | 118 | |
56caf160 EZ |
119 | @value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions. |
120 | While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made | |
be9c6c35 | 121 | picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the |
56caf160 EZ |
122 | programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to |
123 | mollify the debugger. | |
c906108c | 124 | |
56caf160 EZ |
125 | @value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs. |
126 | Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've | |
127 | heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size. | |
c906108c | 128 | |
56caf160 EZ |
129 | @value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is |
130 | available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN} | |
131 | supports. | |
c906108c SS |
132 | |
133 | ||
134 | @node Overall Structure | |
135 | ||
136 | @chapter Overall Structure | |
137 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
138 | @value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface, |
139 | symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the | |
140 | @dfn{target side}). | |
c906108c | 141 | |
2e685b93 | 142 | The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus |
c906108c SS |
143 | supporting code. |
144 | ||
145 | The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info | |
146 | interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression | |
147 | parsing, type and value printing. | |
148 | ||
149 | The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and | |
150 | physical target manipulation. | |
151 | ||
152 | The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a | |
153 | number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic | |
154 | elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it | |
155 | supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead, | |
156 | this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems | |
157 | should fit together. | |
158 | ||
159 | @section The Symbol Side | |
160 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
161 | The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything |
162 | you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''. | |
163 | For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate | |
164 | many kinds of expressions. | |
c906108c SS |
165 | |
166 | @section The Target Side | |
167 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
168 | The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''. |
169 | Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most | |
170 | of the target side will run with only a stripped executable | |
171 | available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases. | |
c906108c SS |
172 | |
173 | Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register | |
174 | display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases, | |
25822942 | 175 | such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses |
c906108c SS |
176 | relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either |
177 | way. | |
178 | ||
179 | @section Configurations | |
180 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
181 | @cindex host |
182 | @cindex target | |
25822942 | 183 | @dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs. |
c906108c SS |
184 | @dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged |
185 | executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a | |
186 | third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play. | |
187 | ||
188 | Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support. | |
189 | Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host | |
190 | float format. | |
191 | ||
192 | Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target | |
193 | dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set, | |
194 | breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack | |
195 | to call a function. | |
196 | ||
197 | Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same, | |
198 | is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the | |
199 | host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target | |
200 | process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the | |
201 | registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all | |
202 | in the native-dependent files. | |
203 | ||
204 | Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that | |
205 | are really part of the target environment, but which require | |
206 | @code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core | |
207 | file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases. | |
208 | ||
25822942 | 209 | When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you |
c906108c SS |
210 | have to include all three kinds of information. |
211 | ||
212 | ||
213 | @node Algorithms | |
214 | ||
215 | @chapter Algorithms | |
56caf160 | 216 | @cindex algorithms |
c906108c | 217 | |
56caf160 EZ |
218 | @value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are |
219 | often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special | |
220 | cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic | |
221 | algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that | |
222 | they use. | |
c906108c SS |
223 | |
224 | @section Frames | |
225 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
226 | @cindex frame |
227 | @cindex call stack frame | |
228 | A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling | |
229 | and called functions. | |
c906108c | 230 | |
56caf160 EZ |
231 | @findex create_new_frame |
232 | @vindex FRAME_FP | |
c906108c | 233 | @code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the |
56caf160 EZ |
234 | machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when |
235 | setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows: | |
c906108c | 236 | |
474c8240 | 237 | @smallexample |
0ba6dca9 | 238 | create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ())); |
474c8240 | 239 | @end smallexample |
c906108c | 240 | |
56caf160 | 241 | @cindex frame pointer register |
0ba6dca9 AC |
242 | Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} |
243 | is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So, | |
244 | @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for | |
245 | the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls | |
246 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where | |
247 | you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are | |
248 | nonstandard.) | |
c906108c | 249 | |
56caf160 | 250 | @cindex frame chain |
618ce49f AC |
251 | Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to |
252 | determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be | |
253 | used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then | |
e9582e71 | 254 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and |
a5afb99f | 255 | @code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame. |
c906108c SS |
256 | |
257 | @section Breakpoint Handling | |
258 | ||
56caf160 | 259 | @cindex breakpoints |
c906108c SS |
260 | In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program |
261 | where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches | |
262 | that location. | |
263 | ||
264 | There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware'' | |
265 | breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints. | |
266 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
267 | @cindex hardware breakpoints |
268 | @cindex program counter | |
c906108c SS |
269 | Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging |
270 | features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated | |
271 | register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC | |
56caf160 | 272 | (shorthand for @dfn{program counter}) |
c906108c | 273 | ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an |
56caf160 EZ |
274 | exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}. |
275 | ||
276 | Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators | |
277 | include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the | |
278 | processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's | |
279 | address. | |
280 | ||
281 | A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do | |
282 | breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own | |
283 | software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware | |
284 | breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same; | |
50e3ee83 | 285 | @value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait |
56caf160 | 286 | for something to happen. |
c906108c SS |
287 | |
288 | Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be | |
56caf160 | 289 | limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will |
9742079a | 290 | start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures, |
937f164b | 291 | notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know |
9742079a EZ |
292 | whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware |
293 | breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints | |
294 | an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.) | |
56caf160 EZ |
295 | |
296 | @cindex software breakpoints | |
297 | Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work. | |
298 | The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program | |
299 | instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction | |
300 | that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered, | |
301 | @value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the | |
302 | user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original | |
c906108c SS |
303 | instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on. |
304 | ||
305 | Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area | |
be9c6c35 | 306 | must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It |
c906108c | 307 | can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves, |
56caf160 | 308 | although such a situation would be highly unusual. |
c906108c SS |
309 | |
310 | Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of | |
311 | instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump | |
312 | target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the | |
313 | breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no | |
314 | larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump | |
315 | targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered | |
316 | instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction | |
317 | set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint, | |
318 | although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an | |
319 | instruction. | |
320 | ||
56caf160 | 321 | @findex BREAKPOINT |
c906108c SS |
322 | The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro |
323 | @code{BREAKPOINT}. | |
324 | ||
325 | Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However, | |
326 | much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}. | |
327 | ||
328 | @section Single Stepping | |
329 | ||
330 | @section Signal Handling | |
331 | ||
332 | @section Thread Handling | |
333 | ||
334 | @section Inferior Function Calls | |
335 | ||
336 | @section Longjmp Support | |
337 | ||
56caf160 | 338 | @cindex @code{longjmp} debugging |
25822942 | 339 | @value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a |
c906108c SS |
340 | @code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are |
341 | stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints, | |
56caf160 EZ |
342 | which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint} |
343 | command. | |
c906108c | 344 | |
56caf160 | 345 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
346 | To make this work, you need to define a macro called |
347 | @code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf} | |
348 | structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf} | |
349 | is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate | |
56caf160 | 350 | @file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and |
c906108c SS |
351 | @file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this. |
352 | ||
9742079a EZ |
353 | @section Watchpoints |
354 | @cindex watchpoints | |
355 | ||
356 | Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms, | |
357 | breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some | |
358 | instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without | |
359 | your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to | |
360 | hunt down and kill such bugs. | |
361 | ||
362 | @cindex hardware watchpoints | |
363 | @cindex software watchpoints | |
364 | Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is | |
365 | known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses | |
366 | hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on | |
367 | software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN} | |
368 | will use software watchpoints are: | |
369 | ||
370 | @itemize @bullet | |
371 | @item | |
372 | The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware | |
373 | watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up | |
374 | to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is | |
375 | more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software | |
376 | watchpoints. | |
377 | ||
378 | @item | |
379 | The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in | |
380 | registers (as opposed to memory). | |
381 | ||
382 | @item | |
383 | Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures, | |
384 | this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is | |
385 | resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware | |
386 | breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware | |
387 | breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail. | |
388 | ||
389 | @item | |
390 | No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target | |
391 | implementation. | |
392 | @end itemize | |
393 | ||
394 | Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to | |
395 | single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the | |
396 | watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this | |
397 | section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints. | |
398 | ||
399 | @value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware | |
400 | watchpoints: | |
401 | ||
402 | @table @code | |
403 | @findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS | |
404 | @item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS | |
405 | If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints. | |
406 | ||
407 | @findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT | |
408 | @item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other}) | |
409 | Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are | |
410 | possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints | |
411 | of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is | |
412 | not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum | |
413 | number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other} | |
414 | is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there | |
415 | are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at | |
416 | the same time). | |
417 | ||
418 | @findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT | |
419 | @item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len}) | |
420 | Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region | |
421 | whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}. | |
422 | ||
423 | @findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT | |
424 | @item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size}) | |
425 | Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region | |
426 | whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a | |
427 | fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not | |
428 | defined. | |
429 | ||
430 | @findex TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
431 | @item TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid}) | |
432 | Disables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is | |
433 | used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable | |
434 | the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints | |
435 | on that platform. | |
436 | ||
437 | @findex TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
438 | @item TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid}) | |
439 | Enables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is | |
440 | used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable | |
441 | the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints | |
442 | on that platform. | |
443 | ||
9742079a EZ |
444 | @findex target_insert_watchpoint |
445 | @findex target_remove_watchpoint | |
446 | @item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
447 | @itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
448 | Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for | |
449 | @var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the | |
450 | possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type}, | |
451 | defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows: | |
452 | ||
474c8240 | 453 | @smallexample |
9742079a EZ |
454 | enum target_hw_bp_type |
455 | @{ | |
456 | hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */ | |
457 | hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */ | |
458 | hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */ | |
459 | hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */ | |
460 | @}; | |
474c8240 | 461 | @end smallexample |
9742079a EZ |
462 | |
463 | @noindent | |
464 | These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure. | |
465 | ||
466 | @cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint | |
467 | @findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint | |
468 | @findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint | |
469 | @item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
470 | @itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
471 | Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}. | |
472 | Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the | |
473 | real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it | |
474 | is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since | |
475 | no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above | |
476 | two macros can use them for their internal purposes. | |
477 | ||
478 | @findex target_stopped_data_address | |
479 | @item target_stopped_data_address () | |
480 | If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, return the address | |
481 | associated with that watchpoint. Otherwise, return zero. | |
482 | ||
483 | @findex DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK | |
484 | @item DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK | |
485 | If defined, @value{GDBN} decrements the program counter by the value | |
486 | of @code{DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK} after a hardware break-point. This | |
487 | overrides the value of @code{DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK} when a breakpoint | |
488 | that breaks is a hardware-assisted breakpoint. | |
489 | ||
490 | @findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
491 | @item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
492 | If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a | |
493 | watchpoint to step over it. | |
494 | ||
495 | @findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
496 | @item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
497 | If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a | |
498 | watchpoint to step the inferior over it. | |
499 | ||
500 | @findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
501 | @item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT | |
502 | If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the | |
503 | inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. | |
504 | ||
505 | @findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
506 | @item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS | |
507 | If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all | |
508 | watchpoints before stepping the inferior. | |
509 | ||
510 | @findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT | |
511 | @item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status}) | |
512 | Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of | |
513 | the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}. | |
514 | @end table | |
515 | ||
516 | @subsection x86 Watchpoints | |
517 | @cindex x86 debug registers | |
518 | @cindex watchpoints, on x86 | |
519 | ||
520 | The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug | |
521 | registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a | |
522 | generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement | |
523 | support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This | |
524 | subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}. | |
525 | ||
526 | To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the | |
527 | following: | |
528 | ||
529 | @itemize @bullet | |
530 | @findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS | |
531 | @item | |
532 | Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the | |
533 | target-dependent headers. | |
534 | ||
535 | @item | |
536 | Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after} | |
537 | defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
538 | ||
539 | @item | |
540 | Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable | |
541 | @code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or | |
542 | @code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}). | |
543 | ||
544 | @item | |
545 | Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described | |
546 | below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function | |
547 | which does the real work. | |
548 | @end itemize | |
549 | ||
550 | The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the | |
551 | debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the | |
552 | real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to | |
553 | provide: | |
554 | ||
555 | @table @code | |
556 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL | |
557 | @item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val}) | |
558 | Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}. | |
559 | ||
560 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR | |
561 | @item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr}) | |
562 | Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}. | |
563 | ||
564 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR | |
565 | @item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx}) | |
566 | Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register | |
567 | number @var{idx}. | |
568 | ||
569 | @findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS | |
570 | @item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS | |
571 | Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is | |
572 | used immediately after it is returned by | |
573 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status | |
574 | register values. | |
575 | @end table | |
576 | ||
577 | For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3) | |
578 | that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN}, | |
579 | to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This | |
580 | allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same | |
581 | expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without | |
582 | wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN} | |
583 | maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do | |
584 | anything to use this feature. | |
585 | ||
586 | The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4 | |
587 | bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region | |
588 | be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte | |
589 | region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in | |
590 | @value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4 | |
591 | bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch | |
592 | a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched | |
593 | region is also done automatically without target code intervention. | |
594 | ||
595 | The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the | |
596 | @value{GDBN}'s application code: | |
597 | ||
598 | @table @code | |
599 | @findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint | |
600 | @item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}) | |
601 | The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call | |
602 | this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to | |
603 | watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is | |
604 | less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86 | |
605 | processors. | |
606 | ||
607 | @findex i386_stopped_data_address | |
608 | @item i386_stopped_data_address (void) | |
609 | The macros @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and | |
610 | @code{target_stopped_data_address} are set to call this function. The | |
611 | argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This | |
612 | function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug | |
613 | Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS} | |
614 | macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is | |
615 | set in DR6. | |
616 | ||
617 | @findex i386_insert_watchpoint | |
618 | @findex i386_remove_watchpoint | |
619 | @item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
620 | @itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type}) | |
621 | Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros | |
622 | @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint} | |
623 | are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first | |
624 | looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same | |
625 | region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the | |
626 | reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug | |
627 | register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found, | |
937f164b FF |
628 | the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored |
629 | value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control | |
9742079a EZ |
630 | register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters, |
631 | and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the | |
632 | inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and | |
633 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is | |
634 | required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for | |
635 | each debug register. | |
636 | ||
637 | @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address | |
937f164b FF |
638 | in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and |
639 | length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new | |
9742079a EZ |
640 | values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and |
641 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several | |
642 | watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it | |
643 | decrements the reference count, and only calls | |
644 | @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when | |
645 | the count goes to zero. | |
646 | ||
647 | @findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint | |
648 | @findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint | |
649 | @item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow} | |
650 | @itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}) | |
651 | These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The | |
652 | macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and | |
653 | @code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions. | |
654 | These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and | |
655 | @code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up | |
656 | the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each | |
657 | hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug | |
658 | register. | |
659 | ||
660 | @findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp | |
661 | @item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void) | |
662 | This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or | |
663 | hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like | |
664 | @code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't return the | |
665 | address whose watchpoint triggered. | |
666 | ||
667 | @findex i386_cleanup_dregs | |
668 | @item i386_cleanup_dregs (void) | |
669 | This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control | |
670 | bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect | |
671 | the actual debug registers in the inferior process. | |
672 | @end table | |
673 | ||
674 | @noindent | |
675 | @strong{Notes:} | |
676 | @enumerate 1 | |
677 | @item | |
678 | x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes. | |
679 | However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since | |
680 | @code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O | |
681 | watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running | |
682 | on x86. | |
683 | ||
684 | @item | |
685 | x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task | |
686 | only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register, | |
687 | there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines | |
688 | whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The | |
689 | current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN} | |
690 | always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global | |
691 | watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably | |
692 | unavailable in many platforms. | |
693 | @end enumerate | |
694 | ||
bcd7e15f JB |
695 | @section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals |
696 | @cindex observer pattern interface | |
697 | @cindex notifications about changes in internals | |
698 | ||
699 | In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when | |
700 | some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these | |
701 | modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being | |
702 | hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was | |
703 | versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in | |
704 | @value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also | |
705 | a strong limitation. | |
706 | ||
707 | A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design | |
708 | Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide | |
709 | a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms | |
710 | previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed, | |
711 | easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard | |
712 | interface when adding new notifications. | |
713 | ||
714 | See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers | |
715 | currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current | |
716 | implementation is also briefly discussed. | |
717 | ||
c906108c SS |
718 | @node User Interface |
719 | ||
720 | @chapter User Interface | |
721 | ||
25822942 | 722 | @value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface |
c906108c SS |
723 | is the most common and most familiar, there are others. |
724 | ||
725 | @section Command Interpreter | |
726 | ||
56caf160 | 727 | @cindex command interpreter |
0ee54786 | 728 | @cindex CLI |
25822942 | 729 | The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to |
c906108c SS |
730 | allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also |
731 | has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to | |
732 | a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list. | |
733 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
734 | For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the |
735 | @code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses | |
c906108c SS |
736 | to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}. |
737 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
738 | @findex add_cmd |
739 | @findex add_com | |
c906108c SS |
740 | To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to |
741 | the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual | |
cfeada60 | 742 | place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at |
9742079a | 743 | the ends of most source files. |
cfeada60 | 744 | |
40dd2248 TT |
745 | @findex add_setshow_cmd |
746 | @findex add_setshow_cmd_full | |
747 | To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use | |
748 | @code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is | |
749 | a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to | |
750 | further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns | |
751 | the new command structures for manipulation. | |
752 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
753 | @cindex deprecating commands |
754 | @findex deprecate_cmd | |
cfeada60 FN |
755 | Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to |
756 | deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or | |
757 | aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a | |
758 | @code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the | |
759 | return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the | |
760 | command immediately after it is created. | |
761 | ||
c72e7388 | 762 | The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a |
cfeada60 FN |
763 | replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to |
764 | @code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the | |
765 | entire string the user should type at the command line. | |
c906108c | 766 | |
0ee54786 EZ |
767 | @section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions |
768 | @c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando | |
769 | @c Nasser <[email protected]>. | |
770 | ||
771 | @cindex @code{ui_out} functions | |
772 | The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the | |
773 | @value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user | |
774 | interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer | |
775 | from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for | |
776 | every UI, to produce output. | |
777 | ||
778 | @subsection Overview and Terminology | |
779 | ||
780 | In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort | |
781 | of output, and can even generate an input request. | |
782 | ||
783 | Output can be generated for the following purposes: | |
784 | ||
785 | @itemize @bullet | |
786 | @item | |
787 | to display a @emph{result} of an operation; | |
788 | ||
789 | @item | |
790 | to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested | |
791 | operation; | |
792 | ||
793 | @item | |
794 | to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including | |
795 | progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation); | |
796 | ||
797 | @item | |
798 | to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings); | |
799 | ||
800 | @item | |
801 | to show @emph{debug data}; | |
802 | ||
803 | @item | |
804 | to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case). | |
805 | @end itemize | |
806 | ||
807 | @noindent | |
808 | This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output, | |
809 | although some of it also applies to other kinds of output. | |
810 | ||
811 | Generation of output that displays the results of an operation | |
812 | involves one or more of the following: | |
813 | ||
814 | @itemize @bullet | |
815 | @item | |
816 | output of the actual data | |
817 | ||
818 | @item | |
819 | formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it | |
820 | easily readable by humans | |
821 | ||
822 | @item | |
823 | machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy | |
824 | parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output | |
825 | ||
826 | @item | |
c72e7388 AC |
827 | annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting |
828 | parts in the output | |
0ee54786 EZ |
829 | @end itemize |
830 | ||
831 | The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects. | |
c72e7388 AC |
832 | Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use |
833 | of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is | |
0ee54786 EZ |
834 | deprecated. |
835 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
836 | Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field}; |
837 | a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of | |
838 | non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a | |
839 | header and a body. In a BNF-like form: | |
0ee54786 | 840 | |
c72e7388 AC |
841 | @table @code |
842 | @item <table> @expansion{} | |
843 | @code{<header> <body>} | |
844 | @item <header> @expansion{} | |
845 | @code{@{ <column> @}} | |
846 | @item <column> @expansion{} | |
847 | @code{<width> <alignment> <title>} | |
848 | @item <body> @expansion{} | |
849 | @code{@{<row>@}} | |
850 | @end table | |
0ee54786 EZ |
851 | |
852 | ||
853 | @subsection General Conventions | |
854 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
855 | Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are |
856 | @code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created | |
857 | object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines. | |
0ee54786 | 858 | |
c72e7388 AC |
859 | The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer |
860 | to a @code{struct ui_out}. | |
0ee54786 | 861 | |
c72e7388 AC |
862 | The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions. |
863 | When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments | |
864 | sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied | |
0ee54786 EZ |
865 | format. |
866 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
867 | When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function |
868 | call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
869 | |
870 | ||
c72e7388 | 871 | @subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions |
0ee54786 EZ |
872 | |
873 | @cindex list output functions | |
874 | @cindex table output functions | |
c72e7388 AC |
875 | @cindex tuple output functions |
876 | This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists, | |
877 | tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items | |
878 | (fields) are presented in the next section. | |
0ee54786 | 879 | |
c72e7388 AC |
880 | To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field |
881 | containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of | |
882 | fields where each field describes an identical object. | |
0ee54786 | 883 | |
c72e7388 AC |
884 | Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of |
885 | rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this | |
886 | even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
887 | |
888 | @cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions | |
c72e7388 AC |
889 | Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a |
890 | maximum of five levels. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
891 | |
892 | The overall structure of the table output code is something like this: | |
893 | ||
474c8240 | 894 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
895 | ui_out_table_begin |
896 | ui_out_table_header | |
c72e7388 | 897 | @dots{} |
0ee54786 | 898 | ui_out_table_body |
c72e7388 | 899 | ui_out_tuple_begin |
0ee54786 | 900 | ui_out_field_* |
c72e7388 AC |
901 | @dots{} |
902 | ui_out_tuple_end | |
903 | @dots{} | |
0ee54786 | 904 | ui_out_table_end |
474c8240 | 905 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 | 906 | |
c72e7388 | 907 | Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out} |
0ee54786 EZ |
908 | functions: |
909 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
910 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid}) |
911 | The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output | |
912 | of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out} | |
913 | function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in | |
914 | the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table. | |
915 | @var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string | |
916 | pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of | |
917 | @code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it | |
918 | was @code{malloc}ed. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
919 | |
920 | The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks | |
921 | the end of the table's output. | |
922 | @end deftypefun | |
923 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
924 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr}) |
925 | @code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single | |
926 | table column. You call this function several times, one each for every | |
927 | column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before | |
928 | @code{ui_out_table_body}. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
929 | |
930 | The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The | |
931 | value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and | |
932 | @code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify, | |
933 | center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that | |
934 | specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so | |
c72e7388 AC |
935 | column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the |
936 | call. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
937 | @end deftypefun |
938 | ||
939 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 | 940 | This function delimits the table header from the table body. |
0ee54786 EZ |
941 | @end deftypefun |
942 | ||
943 | @deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 AC |
944 | This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called |
945 | after the table body has been produced by the list and field output | |
946 | functions. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
947 | |
948 | There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each | |
c72e7388 AC |
949 | call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions |
950 | will signal an internal error. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
951 | @end deftypefun |
952 | ||
c72e7388 | 953 | The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the |
0ee54786 | 954 | call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to |
c72e7388 AC |
955 | @code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling |
956 | @code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable | |
0ee54786 EZ |
957 | calls to functions which actually output fields between them. |
958 | ||
c72e7388 AC |
959 | @deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) |
960 | This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points | |
961 | to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the | |
962 | implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed | |
963 | after the call. | |
964 | @end deftypefun | |
965 | ||
966 | @deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
967 | This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly | |
968 | one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to | |
969 | @code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will | |
970 | be signaled. | |
971 | @end deftypefun | |
972 | ||
973 | @deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
974 | This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup | |
975 | (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient | |
976 | and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function | |
b9aa90c9 | 977 | cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence: |
c72e7388 AC |
978 | @smallexample |
979 | struct cleanup *old_cleanup; | |
980 | ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "..."); | |
981 | old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end, | |
982 | uiout); | |
983 | @end smallexample | |
984 | @end deftypefun | |
985 | ||
986 | @deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
987 | This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to | |
988 | an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the | |
989 | implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed | |
990 | after the call. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
991 | @end deftypefun |
992 | ||
993 | @deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
c72e7388 AC |
994 | This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly |
995 | one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to | |
996 | @code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will | |
997 | be signaled. | |
998 | @end deftypefun | |
999 | ||
1000 | @deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id}) | |
1001 | Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function | |
1002 | opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) | |
1003 | that will close the list.list. | |
0ee54786 EZ |
1004 | @end deftypefun |
1005 | ||
1006 | @subsection Item Output Functions | |
1007 | ||
1008 | @cindex item output functions | |
1009 | @cindex field output functions | |
1010 | @cindex data output | |
1011 | The functions described below produce output for the actual data | |
1012 | items, or fields, which contain information about the object. | |
1013 | ||
1014 | Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs. | |
1015 | ||
1016 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...) | |
1017 | This is the most general output function. It produces the | |
1018 | representation of the data in the variable-length argument list | |
1019 | according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a | |
1020 | @code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname} | |
1021 | supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are | |
1022 | supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}. | |
1023 | ||
1024 | This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to | |
1025 | use one of the specialized versions (see below). | |
1026 | @end deftypefun | |
1027 | ||
c72e7388 | 1028 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1029 | This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the |
1030 | @code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies | |
1031 | the name of the field. | |
1032 | @end deftypefun | |
8d19fbd2 JJ |
1033 | |
1034 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value}) | |
1035 | This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from | |
1036 | @code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output. | |
1037 | @var{fldname} specifies | |
1038 | the name of the field. | |
1039 | @end deftypefun | |
0ee54786 | 1040 | |
c72e7388 | 1041 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1042 | This function outputs an address. |
1043 | @end deftypefun | |
1044 | ||
c72e7388 | 1045 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1046 | This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion |
1047 | specification. | |
1048 | @end deftypefun | |
1049 | ||
1050 | Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using | |
1051 | functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or | |
1052 | @code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of | |
1053 | the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object | |
1054 | used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one | |
1055 | of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a | |
1056 | @code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end, | |
1057 | you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling | |
1058 | @code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that | |
1059 | @code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions, | |
1060 | and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you | |
1061 | constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed, | |
1062 | you should destroy it and free its memory by calling | |
1063 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete}. | |
1064 | ||
1065 | @deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
1066 | This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the | |
1067 | same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is | |
1068 | passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created | |
1069 | @code{ui_stream} object. | |
1070 | @end deftypefun | |
1071 | ||
1072 | @deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf}) | |
1073 | This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by | |
1074 | @var{streambuf}. | |
1075 | @end deftypefun | |
1076 | ||
c72e7388 | 1077 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1078 | This function consumes all the data accumulated in |
1079 | @code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like | |
1080 | @code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to | |
1081 | @code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but | |
1082 | the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields. | |
1083 | @end deftypefun | |
1084 | ||
1085 | @strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail | |
1086 | out before completing output generation and reaching the point where | |
1087 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a | |
1088 | cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a | |
1089 | skeleton code to do that: | |
1090 | ||
1091 | @smallexample | |
1092 | struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); | |
1093 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); | |
1094 | ... | |
1095 | do_cleanups (old); | |
1096 | @end smallexample | |
1097 | ||
1098 | If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds | |
1099 | of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it: | |
1100 | ||
1101 | @smallexample | |
1102 | mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); | |
1103 | make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf); | |
1104 | @end smallexample | |
1105 | ||
1106 | Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call | |
1107 | @code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the | |
1108 | same buffer twice. | |
1109 | ||
1110 | @subsection Utility Output Functions | |
1111 | ||
c72e7388 | 1112 | @deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1113 | This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave |
1114 | an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument | |
1115 | @var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed. | |
1116 | @end deftypefun | |
1117 | ||
c72e7388 | 1118 | @deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string}) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1119 | This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it |
1120 | easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of | |
1121 | this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it | |
1122 | from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen. | |
1123 | ||
1124 | Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around | |
1125 | the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according | |
1126 | to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a | |
1127 | string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to | |
1128 | output short messages. | |
1129 | @end deftypefun | |
1130 | ||
1131 | @deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces}) | |
1132 | This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the | |
1133 | text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or | |
1134 | list. | |
1135 | @end deftypefun | |
1136 | ||
c72e7388 | 1137 | @deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...) |
0ee54786 EZ |
1138 | This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current |
1139 | verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The | |
1140 | current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set | |
1141 | verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001), | |
1142 | setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned | |
1143 | as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity} | |
1144 | argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.} | |
1145 | @end deftypefun | |
1146 | ||
1147 | @deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent}) | |
1148 | This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint | |
1149 | of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other | |
1150 | output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to | |
1151 | be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain | |
1152 | accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an | |
1153 | explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If | |
1154 | @var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented. | |
1155 | @end deftypefun | |
1156 | ||
1157 | @deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}) | |
1158 | This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if | |
1159 | the UI buffers output. | |
1160 | @end deftypefun | |
1161 | ||
1162 | ||
1163 | @subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions | |
1164 | ||
1165 | @cindex using @code{ui_out} functions | |
1166 | @cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples | |
1167 | This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out} | |
1168 | functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in | |
1169 | @value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the | |
1170 | @file{breakpoints.c} file. | |
1171 | ||
1172 | This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to | |
1173 | produce a table. | |
1174 | ||
1175 | The original code was: | |
1176 | ||
474c8240 | 1177 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1178 | if (!found_a_breakpoint++) |
1179 | @{ | |
1180 | annotate_breakpoints_headers (); | |
1181 | ||
1182 | annotate_field (0); | |
1183 | printf_filtered ("Num "); | |
1184 | annotate_field (1); | |
1185 | printf_filtered ("Type "); | |
1186 | annotate_field (2); | |
1187 | printf_filtered ("Disp "); | |
1188 | annotate_field (3); | |
1189 | printf_filtered ("Enb "); | |
1190 | if (addressprint) | |
1191 | @{ | |
1192 | annotate_field (4); | |
1193 | printf_filtered ("Address "); | |
1194 | @} | |
1195 | annotate_field (5); | |
1196 | printf_filtered ("What\n"); | |
1197 | ||
1198 | annotate_breakpoints_table (); | |
1199 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1200 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1201 | |
1202 | Here's the new version: | |
1203 | ||
474c8240 | 1204 | @smallexample |
c72e7388 AC |
1205 | nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{}; |
1206 | ||
1207 | if (addressprint) | |
1208 | ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); | |
1209 | else | |
1210 | ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable"); | |
1211 | ||
1212 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1213 | annotate_breakpoints_headers (); | |
1214 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1215 | annotate_field (0); | |
1216 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ | |
1217 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1218 | annotate_field (1); | |
1219 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ | |
1220 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1221 | annotate_field (2); | |
1222 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ | |
1223 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1224 | annotate_field (3); | |
1225 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ | |
1226 | if (addressprint) | |
1227 | @{ | |
1228 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1229 | annotate_field (4); | |
1230 | if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32) | |
1231 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ | |
0ee54786 | 1232 | else |
c72e7388 AC |
1233 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ |
1234 | @} | |
1235 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1236 | annotate_field (5); | |
1237 | ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ | |
1238 | ui_out_table_body (uiout); | |
1239 | if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) | |
1240 | annotate_breakpoints_table (); | |
474c8240 | 1241 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1242 | |
1243 | This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how | |
1244 | to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined | |
1245 | in the above example. The original code was: | |
1246 | ||
474c8240 | 1247 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1248 | annotate_record (); |
1249 | annotate_field (0); | |
1250 | printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number); | |
1251 | annotate_field (1); | |
1252 | if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0])) | |
1253 | || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) | |
1254 | internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", | |
1255 | (int)b->type); | |
1256 | printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); | |
1257 | annotate_field (2); | |
1258 | printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); | |
1259 | annotate_field (3); | |
1260 | printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); | |
c72e7388 | 1261 | @dots{} |
474c8240 | 1262 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1263 | |
1264 | This is the new version: | |
1265 | ||
474c8240 | 1266 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 | 1267 | annotate_record (); |
c72e7388 | 1268 | ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt"); |
0ee54786 EZ |
1269 | annotate_field (0); |
1270 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); | |
1271 | annotate_field (1); | |
1272 | if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) | |
1273 | || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) | |
1274 | internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.", | |
1275 | (int) b->type); | |
1276 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description); | |
1277 | annotate_field (2); | |
1278 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]); | |
1279 | annotate_field (3); | |
1280 | ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]); | |
c72e7388 | 1281 | @dots{} |
474c8240 | 1282 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1283 | |
1284 | This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to | |
1285 | produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression} | |
1286 | functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to | |
1287 | automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was: | |
1288 | ||
474c8240 | 1289 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1290 | annotate_field (5); |
1291 | print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout); | |
474c8240 | 1292 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1293 | |
1294 | The new version is: | |
1295 | ||
474c8240 | 1296 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1297 | struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); |
1298 | struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); | |
1299 | ... | |
1300 | annotate_field (5); | |
1301 | print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream); | |
1302 | ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream); | |
474c8240 | 1303 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1304 | |
1305 | This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use | |
1306 | @code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code | |
1307 | was: | |
1308 | ||
474c8240 | 1309 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1310 | annotate_field (5); |
1311 | if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) | |
1312 | printf_filtered ("<any library> "); | |
1313 | else | |
1314 | printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname); | |
474c8240 | 1315 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1316 | |
1317 | It became: | |
1318 | ||
474c8240 | 1319 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1320 | annotate_field (5); |
1321 | if (b->dll_pathname == NULL) | |
1322 | @{ | |
1323 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>"); | |
1324 | ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); | |
1325 | @} | |
1326 | else | |
1327 | @{ | |
1328 | ui_out_text (uiout, "library \""); | |
1329 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname); | |
1330 | ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); | |
1331 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1332 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1333 | |
1334 | The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to | |
1335 | use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original | |
1336 | code was: | |
1337 | ||
474c8240 | 1338 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1339 | annotate_field (5); |
1340 | if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) | |
1341 | printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid); | |
474c8240 | 1342 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1343 | |
1344 | It became: | |
1345 | ||
474c8240 | 1346 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1347 | annotate_field (5); |
1348 | if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0) | |
1349 | @{ | |
1350 | ui_out_text (uiout, "process "); | |
1351 | ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid); | |
1352 | ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); | |
1353 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1354 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1355 | |
1356 | Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original | |
1357 | code was: | |
1358 | ||
474c8240 | 1359 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1360 | annotate_field (5); |
1361 | if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) | |
1362 | printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname); | |
474c8240 | 1363 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1364 | |
1365 | It became: | |
1366 | ||
474c8240 | 1367 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1368 | annotate_field (5); |
1369 | if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) | |
1370 | @{ | |
1371 | ui_out_text (uiout, "program \""); | |
1372 | ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname); | |
1373 | ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); | |
1374 | @} | |
474c8240 | 1375 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1376 | |
1377 | Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code: | |
1378 | ||
474c8240 | 1379 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1380 | annotate_field (4); |
1381 | printf_filtered ("%s ", | |
1382 | local_hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, "08l")); | |
474c8240 | 1383 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1384 | |
1385 | It became: | |
1386 | ||
474c8240 | 1387 | @smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1388 | annotate_field (4); |
1389 | ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address); | |
474c8240 | 1390 | @end smallexample |
0ee54786 EZ |
1391 | |
1392 | ||
c906108c SS |
1393 | @section Console Printing |
1394 | ||
1395 | @section TUI | |
1396 | ||
89437448 | 1397 | @node libgdb |
c906108c | 1398 | |
89437448 AC |
1399 | @chapter libgdb |
1400 | ||
1401 | @section libgdb 1.0 | |
1402 | @cindex @code{libgdb} | |
1403 | @code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was | |
1404 | to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality. | |
1405 | ||
1406 | @section libgdb 2.0 | |
56caf160 | 1407 | @cindex @code{libgdb} |
89437448 AC |
1408 | @code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is |
1409 | better able to support graphical and other environments. | |
1410 | ||
1411 | Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still | |
1412 | evolving. The following components have so far been identified: | |
1413 | ||
1414 | @itemize @bullet | |
1415 | @item | |
1416 | Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}. | |
1417 | @item | |
1418 | Builder - @file{ui-out.h} | |
1419 | @item | |
1420 | Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h} | |
1421 | @item | |
1422 | Library - @file{gdb.h} | |
1423 | @end itemize | |
1424 | ||
1425 | The model that ties these components together is described below. | |
1426 | ||
1427 | @section The @code{libgdb} Model | |
1428 | ||
1429 | A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways. | |
1430 | ||
1431 | @itemize @bullet | |
1432 | @item | |
1433 | As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from | |
1434 | @code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run | |
1435 | state, etc). | |
1436 | @item | |
1437 | As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to | |
1438 | obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}. | |
1439 | @end itemize | |
1440 | ||
1441 | Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting | |
1442 | the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when | |
1443 | controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that | |
1444 | @code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb}) | |
1445 | before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query. | |
1446 | ||
1447 | @section CLI support | |
1448 | ||
1449 | At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of | |
1450 | @code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in | |
1451 | their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's | |
1452 | requirements. | |
1453 | ||
1454 | It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal | |
1455 | (alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch | |
1456 | out the theory: | |
1457 | ||
1458 | @itemize @bullet | |
1459 | @item | |
1460 | The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}. | |
1461 | @item | |
1462 | The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own | |
1463 | versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and | |
1464 | @code{gdb_stdout} streams. | |
1465 | @item | |
1466 | The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only | |
1467 | used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}. | |
1468 | @end itemize | |
1469 | ||
1470 | When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it | |
1471 | along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all | |
1472 | the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted) | |
1473 | through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams. | |
1474 | At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by | |
1475 | virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer. | |
1476 | ||
1477 | The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until | |
1478 | @code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the | |
1479 | client's custom builder). | |
1480 | ||
1481 | @section @code{libgdb} components | |
1482 | ||
1483 | @subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h} | |
1484 | @file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can | |
1485 | be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one | |
1486 | observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay | |
1487 | the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has | |
1488 | finished the current command. | |
1489 | ||
1490 | @subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h} | |
1491 | @file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to | |
1492 | create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb} | |
1493 | when doing any queries. | |
1494 | ||
1495 | @subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h} | |
1496 | @c There could be an entire section on the event-loop | |
1497 | @file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event | |
1498 | loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or, | |
1499 | implement a new event-loop that GDB would use. | |
1500 | ||
1501 | The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that | |
a9f12a31 | 1502 | @value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking |
89437448 AC |
1503 | instead of returning. |
1504 | ||
1505 | @subheading Library - @file{gdb.h} | |
1506 | @file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides | |
1507 | the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out} | |
1508 | builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder | |
1509 | before the query function returns. | |
c906108c SS |
1510 | |
1511 | @node Symbol Handling | |
1512 | ||
1513 | @chapter Symbol Handling | |
1514 | ||
25822942 | 1515 | Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables, |
c906108c SS |
1516 | functions, and types. |
1517 | ||
1518 | @section Symbol Reading | |
1519 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1520 | @cindex symbol reading |
1521 | @cindex reading of symbols | |
1522 | @cindex symbol files | |
1523 | @value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol | |
1524 | file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is | |
1525 | debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for | |
1526 | symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read | |
1527 | more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while | |
1528 | reading symbols from shared libraries. | |
1529 | ||
1530 | @findex find_sym_fns | |
1531 | Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using | |
1532 | the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type | |
1533 | of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses | |
1534 | this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions. | |
1535 | ||
1536 | @findex add_symtab_fns | |
1537 | @cindex @code{sym_fns} structure | |
1538 | @cindex adding a symbol-reading module | |
1539 | Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling | |
c906108c SS |
1540 | @code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument |
1541 | to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the | |
1542 | name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix, | |
1543 | and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various | |
56caf160 | 1544 | times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified |
c906108c SS |
1545 | prefix. |
1546 | ||
1547 | The functions supplied by each module are: | |
1548 | ||
1549 | @table @code | |
1550 | @item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf) | |
1551 | ||
56caf160 | 1552 | @cindex secondary symbol file |
c906108c SS |
1553 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new |
1554 | symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly | |
1555 | resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to | |
56caf160 EZ |
1556 | read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading |
1557 | might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file | |
c906108c SS |
1558 | whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table. |
1559 | ||
1560 | The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated | |
1561 | @code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the | |
1562 | new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed, | |
1563 | and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private | |
1564 | information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed | |
1565 | in the @code{private} field. | |
1566 | ||
1567 | There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call | |
1568 | @code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem. | |
1569 | ||
1570 | @item @var{xyz}_new_init() | |
1571 | ||
1572 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols. | |
56caf160 EZ |
1573 | This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal |
1574 | state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of | |
1575 | @value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no | |
1576 | arguments and no result. It may be called after | |
1577 | @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or | |
1578 | may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded. | |
c906108c SS |
1579 | |
1580 | @item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline) | |
1581 | ||
1582 | Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a | |
1583 | symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs. | |
1584 | ||
56caf160 | 1585 | @code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to |
c906108c SS |
1586 | @code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is |
1587 | the offset between the file's specified start address and its true | |
1588 | address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol | |
1589 | table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library | |
1590 | or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill | |
1591 | @end table | |
1592 | ||
1593 | In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when | |
1594 | @var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer | |
1595 | to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called | |
25822942 | 1596 | from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code. |
c906108c SS |
1597 | |
1598 | @table @code | |
1599 | @item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst) | |
1600 | ||
56caf160 | 1601 | Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if |
c906108c SS |
1602 | the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab} |
1603 | pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a | |
56caf160 EZ |
1604 | symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and |
1605 | @code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or | |
c906108c SS |
1606 | zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file. |
1607 | @end table | |
1608 | ||
1609 | @section Partial Symbol Tables | |
1610 | ||
56caf160 | 1611 | @value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables: |
c906108c SS |
1612 | |
1613 | @itemize @bullet | |
56caf160 EZ |
1614 | @cindex full symbol table |
1615 | @cindex symtabs | |
1616 | @item | |
1617 | Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main | |
1618 | information about symbols and addresses. | |
c906108c | 1619 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1620 | @cindex psymtabs |
1621 | @item | |
1622 | Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough | |
c906108c SS |
1623 | information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full |
1624 | symbol table. | |
1625 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1626 | @cindex minimal symbol table |
1627 | @cindex minsymtabs | |
1628 | @item | |
1629 | Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information | |
c906108c | 1630 | gleaned from non-debugging symbols. |
c906108c SS |
1631 | @end itemize |
1632 | ||
56caf160 | 1633 | @cindex partial symbol table |
c906108c SS |
1634 | This section describes partial symbol tables. |
1635 | ||
1636 | A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable | |
1637 | file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are | |
56caf160 | 1638 | extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will |
c906108c | 1639 | need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the |
25822942 | 1640 | information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very |
c906108c SS |
1641 | quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small |
1642 | pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to | |
1643 | the user. | |
1644 | @c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.) | |
1645 | ||
1646 | The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those | |
1647 | visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from | |
1648 | that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and | |
56caf160 | 1649 | types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope. |
c906108c SS |
1650 | |
1651 | The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the | |
1652 | full symbol table would represent. | |
1653 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1654 | @cindex finding a symbol |
1655 | @cindex symbol lookup | |
c906108c SS |
1656 | The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the |
1657 | code in the debugger) to reference a symbol: | |
1658 | ||
1659 | @itemize @bullet | |
56caf160 EZ |
1660 | @findex find_pc_function |
1661 | @findex find_pc_line | |
1662 | @item | |
1663 | By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a | |
1664 | function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the | |
1665 | range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in. | |
1666 | @code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other | |
1667 | @code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this. | |
c906108c | 1668 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1669 | @cindex lookup_symbol |
1670 | @item | |
1671 | By its name | |
c906108c SS |
1672 | (e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a |
1673 | function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the | |
1674 | psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will | |
1675 | have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which | |
1676 | case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the | |
56caf160 | 1677 | qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a |
c906108c SS |
1678 | local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol} |
1679 | does most of the work here. | |
c906108c SS |
1680 | @end itemize |
1681 | ||
1682 | The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in | |
1683 | at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab, | |
1684 | while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since | |
1685 | psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in | |
1686 | them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol, | |
1687 | either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by | |
1688 | name. | |
1689 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1690 | It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has |
1691 | been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read | |
1692 | in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain | |
1693 | all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address | |
1694 | ranges. | |
c906108c | 1695 | |
56caf160 | 1696 | The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be |
c906108c SS |
1697 | thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always |
1698 | be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a | |
1699 | bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack, | |
1700 | and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays | |
1701 | on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them | |
1702 | unless you want to do a lot more work. | |
1703 | ||
1704 | @section Types | |
1705 | ||
56caf160 | 1706 | @unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}). |
c906108c | 1707 | |
56caf160 | 1708 | @cindex fundamental types |
25822942 | 1709 | These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental |
c906108c SS |
1710 | types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped |
1711 | into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types | |
56caf160 EZ |
1712 | that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN} |
1713 | knows about. | |
c906108c | 1714 | |
56caf160 | 1715 | @unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}). |
c906108c | 1716 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1717 | @cindex type codes |
1718 | Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one | |
1719 | of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as | |
1720 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR} | |
1721 | which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*} | |
1722 | types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by | |
1723 | other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed | |
1724 | or unsigned, and how many bits it uses. | |
c906108c | 1725 | |
56caf160 | 1726 | @unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}). |
c906108c SS |
1727 | |
1728 | These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to | |
56caf160 EZ |
1729 | fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to |
1730 | use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to | |
1731 | eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int} | |
1732 | initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a | |
1733 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for | |
1734 | an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the | |
1735 | @code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and | |
1736 | only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many | |
1737 | @code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with | |
1738 | some particular objfile. | |
c906108c SS |
1739 | |
1740 | @section Object File Formats | |
56caf160 | 1741 | @cindex object file formats |
c906108c SS |
1742 | |
1743 | @subsection a.out | |
1744 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1745 | @cindex @code{a.out} format |
1746 | The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It | |
1747 | consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss}, | |
1748 | which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data, | |
1749 | respectively. | |
c906108c | 1750 | |
56caf160 | 1751 | The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved |
c906108c | 1752 | place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used |
56caf160 EZ |
1753 | @samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging |
1754 | format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal | |
c906108c SS |
1755 | symbols with distinctive attributes. |
1756 | ||
56caf160 | 1757 | The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}. |
c906108c SS |
1758 | |
1759 | @subsection COFF | |
1760 | ||
56caf160 | 1761 | @cindex COFF format |
c906108c SS |
1762 | The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix. |
1763 | COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The | |
1764 | number of sections is limited. | |
1765 | ||
1766 | The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this | |
1767 | was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For | |
1768 | instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an | |
1769 | included file. | |
1770 | ||
1771 | The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}. | |
1772 | ||
1773 | @subsection ECOFF | |
1774 | ||
56caf160 | 1775 | @cindex ECOFF format |
c906108c SS |
1776 | ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha |
1777 | workstations. | |
1778 | ||
1779 | The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}. | |
1780 | ||
1781 | @subsection XCOFF | |
1782 | ||
56caf160 | 1783 | @cindex XCOFF format |
c906108c SS |
1784 | The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF. |
1785 | The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging | |
56caf160 EZ |
1786 | symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the |
1787 | @code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more | |
1788 | information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}. | |
c906108c SS |
1789 | |
1790 | The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what | |
1791 | shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which | |
1792 | refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be | |
1793 | relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least | |
1794 | using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has | |
1795 | been run (or the core file has been read). | |
1796 | ||
1797 | @subsection PE | |
1798 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1799 | @cindex PE-COFF format |
1800 | Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their | |
c906108c SS |
1801 | executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers. |
1802 | ||
25822942 | 1803 | While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic |
c906108c SS |
1804 | COFF reader. |
1805 | ||
1806 | @subsection ELF | |
1807 | ||
56caf160 | 1808 | @cindex ELF format |
c906108c SS |
1809 | The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar |
1810 | to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes | |
1811 | many of COFF's limitations. | |
1812 | ||
1813 | The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}. | |
1814 | ||
1815 | @subsection SOM | |
1816 | ||
56caf160 | 1817 | @cindex SOM format |
c906108c SS |
1818 | SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's |
1819 | SOM, which is a cross-language ABI). | |
1820 | ||
1821 | The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | @subsection Other File Formats | |
1824 | ||
56caf160 | 1825 | @cindex Netware Loadable Module format |
25822942 | 1826 | Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware |
4a98ee0e | 1827 | Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}). |
c906108c SS |
1828 | |
1829 | @section Debugging File Formats | |
1830 | ||
1831 | This section describes characteristics of debugging information that | |
1832 | are independent of the object file format. | |
1833 | ||
1834 | @subsection stabs | |
1835 | ||
56caf160 | 1836 | @cindex stabs debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1837 | @code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out} |
1838 | format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file | |
1839 | formats, such as COFF and ELF. | |
1840 | ||
1841 | While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing, | |
1842 | including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does | |
1843 | the real work. | |
1844 | ||
1845 | @subsection COFF | |
1846 | ||
56caf160 | 1847 | @cindex COFF debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1848 | The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level |
1849 | of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used. | |
1850 | ||
1851 | @subsection Mips debug (Third Eye) | |
1852 | ||
56caf160 | 1853 | @cindex ECOFF debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1854 | ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format. |
1855 | ||
1856 | The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format. | |
1857 | ||
1858 | @subsection DWARF 1 | |
1859 | ||
56caf160 | 1860 | @cindex DWARF 1 debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1861 | DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be |
1862 | used with ELF in SVR4 systems. | |
1863 | ||
c906108c SS |
1864 | @c GCC_PRODUCER |
1865 | @c GPLUS_PRODUCER | |
1866 | @c LCC_PRODUCER | |
1867 | @c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of | |
1868 | @c these have reasonable defaults already. | |
1869 | ||
1870 | The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}. | |
1871 | ||
1872 | @subsection DWARF 2 | |
1873 | ||
56caf160 | 1874 | @cindex DWARF 2 debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1875 | DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1. |
1876 | ||
1877 | The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}. | |
1878 | ||
1879 | @subsection SOM | |
1880 | ||
56caf160 | 1881 | @cindex SOM debugging info |
c906108c SS |
1882 | Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information. |
1883 | ||
25822942 | 1884 | @section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 1885 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1886 | @cindex adding debugging info reader |
1887 | If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc), | |
c906108c SS |
1888 | there is probably little to be done. |
1889 | ||
1890 | If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to | |
1891 | BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document. | |
1892 | ||
1893 | You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the | |
25822942 | 1894 | debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines |
c906108c | 1895 | from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging |
25822942 | 1896 | information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD |
c906108c SS |
1897 | internal data structures. |
1898 | ||
1899 | For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used | |
1900 | to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various | |
1901 | platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that | |
1902 | will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called | |
1903 | directly. This interface should be described in a file | |
56caf160 | 1904 | @file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
1905 | |
1906 | ||
1907 | @node Language Support | |
1908 | ||
1909 | @chapter Language Support | |
1910 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1911 | @cindex language support |
1912 | @value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader, | |
1913 | although it is possible for the user to set the source language | |
1914 | manually. | |
c906108c | 1915 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1916 | @value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension |
1917 | of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f} | |
1918 | means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language | |
1919 | identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF. | |
c906108c | 1920 | |
25822942 | 1921 | @section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 1922 | |
56caf160 EZ |
1923 | @cindex adding source language |
1924 | To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the | |
1925 | following steps: | |
c906108c SS |
1926 | |
1927 | @table @emph | |
1928 | @item Create the expression parser. | |
1929 | ||
56caf160 | 1930 | @cindex expression parser |
c906108c | 1931 | This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for |
56caf160 | 1932 | building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in |
c906108c SS |
1933 | @file{parse.c}. |
1934 | ||
56caf160 | 1935 | @cindex language parser |
c906108c SS |
1936 | Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces |
1937 | parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines | |
56caf160 | 1938 | @strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the |
c906108c SS |
1939 | various parsers from defining the same global names: |
1940 | ||
474c8240 | 1941 | @smallexample |
56caf160 EZ |
1942 | #define yyparse @var{lang}_parse |
1943 | #define yylex @var{lang}_lex | |
1944 | #define yyerror @var{lang}_error | |
1945 | #define yylval @var{lang}_lval | |
1946 | #define yychar @var{lang}_char | |
1947 | #define yydebug @var{lang}_debug | |
1948 | #define yypact @var{lang}_pact | |
1949 | #define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1 | |
1950 | #define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2 | |
1951 | #define yydef @var{lang}_def | |
1952 | #define yychk @var{lang}_chk | |
1953 | #define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo | |
1954 | #define yyact @var{lang}_act | |
1955 | #define yyexca @var{lang}_exca | |
1956 | #define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag | |
1957 | #define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs | |
474c8240 | 1958 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
1959 | |
1960 | At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and | |
1961 | initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an | |
1962 | @code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call | |
25822942 | 1963 | @samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
1964 | that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables |
1965 | and functions, which will be used via pointers from your | |
1966 | @code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct | |
1967 | language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files, | |
1968 | for more information. | |
1969 | ||
1970 | @item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary | |
1971 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
1972 | @cindex expression evaluation routines |
1973 | @findex evaluate_subexp | |
1974 | @findex prefixify_subexp | |
1975 | @findex length_of_subexp | |
c906108c SS |
1976 | If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language), |
1977 | add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support | |
56caf160 EZ |
1978 | code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function |
1979 | defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases | |
c906108c | 1980 | for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}: |
56caf160 | 1981 | @code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute |
c906108c SS |
1982 | the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up. |
1983 | ||
1984 | @item Update some existing code | |
1985 | ||
1986 | Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type | |
1987 | @code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}. | |
1988 | ||
1989 | Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included. | |
1990 | These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases) | |
1991 | are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch | |
1992 | statement, an error is reported. | |
1993 | ||
56caf160 | 1994 | @vindex current_language |
c906108c SS |
1995 | Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable |
1996 | @code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the | |
1997 | @code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable | |
1998 | string. | |
1999 | ||
56caf160 | 2000 | @findex _initialize_language |
c906108c SS |
2001 | Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your |
2002 | language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is | |
25822942 | 2003 | dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for. |
c906108c | 2004 | |
56caf160 | 2005 | @findex allocate_symtab |
c906108c SS |
2006 | Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading |
2007 | code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly. | |
2008 | This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level. | |
2009 | Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source | |
2010 | file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol | |
2011 | information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading | |
2012 | code. | |
2013 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2014 | @findex print_subexp |
2015 | @findex op_print_tab | |
2016 | Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new | |
c906108c SS |
2017 | expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the |
2018 | printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}. | |
2019 | ||
2020 | @item Add a place of call | |
2021 | ||
56caf160 | 2022 | @findex parse_exp_1 |
c906108c | 2023 | Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in |
56caf160 | 2024 | @code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}). |
c906108c SS |
2025 | |
2026 | @item Use macros to trim code | |
2027 | ||
56caf160 | 2028 | @cindex trimming language-dependent code |
25822942 DB |
2029 | The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the |
2030 | languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language | |
c906108c SS |
2031 | @var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the |
2032 | macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to | |
2033 | leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not | |
2034 | using your language. | |
2035 | ||
25822942 | 2036 | Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 2037 | is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the |
25822942 | 2038 | compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all. |
c906108c | 2039 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2040 | See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured |
2041 | for different languages. | |
c906108c SS |
2042 | |
2043 | @item Edit @file{Makefile.in} | |
2044 | ||
2045 | Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro | |
2046 | variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may | |
2047 | not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the | |
2048 | distribution! | |
c906108c SS |
2049 | @end table |
2050 | ||
2051 | ||
2052 | @node Host Definition | |
2053 | ||
2054 | @chapter Host Definition | |
2055 | ||
56caf160 | 2056 | With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host |
7fd60527 AC |
2057 | definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided, |
2058 | mainly, as an historical reference. | |
c906108c SS |
2059 | |
2060 | @section Adding a New Host | |
2061 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2062 | @cindex adding a new host |
2063 | @cindex host, adding | |
7fd60527 AC |
2064 | @value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf. |
2065 | New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts | |
2066 | @value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed | |
2067 | below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will | |
56caf160 | 2068 | eventually disappear. |
c906108c | 2069 | |
c906108c | 2070 | @table @file |
c906108c | 2071 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh |
7fd60527 AC |
2072 | This file once contained both host and native configuration information |
2073 | (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host | |
2074 | configuration information is now handed by Autoconf. | |
2075 | ||
2076 | Host configuration information included a definition of | |
2077 | @code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC}, | |
7708fa01 AC |
2078 | @code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES}, |
2079 | @code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}. | |
c906108c | 2080 | |
7fd60527 AC |
2081 | New host only configurations do not need this file. |
2082 | ||
c906108c | 2083 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h |
7fd60527 AC |
2084 | This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting |
2085 | gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now | |
2086 | handled by Autoconf. | |
2087 | ||
2088 | New host and native configurations do not need this file. | |
2089 | ||
2090 | @emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h} | |
2091 | file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT}, | |
2092 | @var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code | |
2093 | also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.} | |
c906108c | 2094 | |
c906108c SS |
2095 | @end table |
2096 | ||
2097 | @subheading Generic Host Support Files | |
2098 | ||
56caf160 | 2099 | @cindex generic host support |
c906108c SS |
2100 | There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by |
2101 | various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros | |
2102 | defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for | |
2103 | the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with | |
2104 | @samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}. | |
2105 | ||
2106 | Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need | |
2107 | to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file. | |
2108 | Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o} | |
2109 | into @code{XDEPFILES}. | |
2110 | ||
2111 | @table @file | |
56caf160 EZ |
2112 | @cindex remote debugging support |
2113 | @cindex serial line support | |
c906108c SS |
2114 | @item ser-unix.c |
2115 | This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always | |
2116 | included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this | |
2117 | variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it. | |
2118 | ||
2119 | @item ser-go32.c | |
2120 | This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS, | |
56caf160 | 2121 | using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment. |
c906108c | 2122 | |
56caf160 | 2123 | @cindex TCP remote support |
c906108c SS |
2124 | @item ser-tcp.c |
2125 | This contains generic TCP support using sockets. | |
c906108c SS |
2126 | @end table |
2127 | ||
2128 | @section Host Conditionals | |
2129 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2130 | When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are |
2131 | defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the | |
2132 | attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if | |
2133 | the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where | |
2134 | they are used is indicated) are: | |
c906108c | 2135 | |
56caf160 | 2136 | @ftable @code |
25822942 | 2137 | @item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME |
56caf160 EZ |
2138 | The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally |
2139 | @file{.gdbinit}). | |
c906108c | 2140 | |
cce74817 JM |
2141 | @item NO_STD_REGS |
2142 | This macro is deprecated. | |
2143 | ||
c906108c SS |
2144 | @item NO_SYS_FILE |
2145 | Define this if your system does not have a @code{<sys/file.h>}. | |
2146 | ||
2147 | @item SIGWINCH_HANDLER | |
2148 | If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name | |
2149 | of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received. | |
2150 | ||
2151 | @item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY | |
2152 | Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by | |
2153 | the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}. | |
2154 | ||
2155 | @item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP | |
56caf160 | 2156 | @cindex stack alignment |
c906108c SS |
2157 | Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in |
2158 | @code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when | |
2159 | @code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur | |
2160 | on several different types of systems. | |
2161 | ||
2162 | @item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES | |
56caf160 | 2163 | @cindex DOS text files |
c906108c SS |
2164 | Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a |
2165 | line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r} | |
56caf160 EZ |
2166 | characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files |
2167 | which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary | |
c906108c SS |
2168 | mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}. |
2169 | ||
2170 | @item DEFAULT_PROMPT | |
56caf160 | 2171 | @cindex prompt |
c906108c SS |
2172 | The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}). |
2173 | ||
2174 | @item DEV_TTY | |
56caf160 | 2175 | @cindex terminal device |
c906108c SS |
2176 | The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}. |
2177 | ||
2178 | @item FCLOSE_PROVIDED | |
2179 | Define this if the system declares @code{fclose} in the headers included | |
2180 | in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually | |
2181 | anal. | |
2182 | ||
2183 | @item FOPEN_RB | |
2184 | Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files. | |
2185 | ||
2186 | @item GETENV_PROVIDED | |
2187 | Define this if the system declares @code{getenv} in its headers included | |
56caf160 | 2188 | in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually |
c906108c SS |
2189 | anal. |
2190 | ||
2191 | @item HAVE_MMAP | |
56caf160 | 2192 | @findex mmap |
c906108c SS |
2193 | In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol |
2194 | tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates. | |
2195 | ||
c906108c SS |
2196 | @item HAVE_TERMIO |
2197 | Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}. | |
2198 | ||
c906108c | 2199 | @item INT_MAX |
9742079a EZ |
2200 | @itemx INT_MIN |
2201 | @itemx LONG_MAX | |
2202 | @itemx UINT_MAX | |
2203 | @itemx ULONG_MAX | |
c906108c SS |
2204 | Values for host-side constants. |
2205 | ||
2206 | @item ISATTY | |
2207 | Substitute for isatty, if not available. | |
2208 | ||
2209 | @item LONGEST | |
2210 | This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined, | |
2211 | it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on | |
2212 | @code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}. | |
2213 | ||
2214 | @item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG | |
56caf160 EZ |
2215 | @cindex @code{long long} data type |
2216 | Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set | |
2217 | by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2218 | |
2219 | @item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG | |
2220 | Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via | |
56caf160 EZ |
2221 | the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the |
2222 | @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2223 | |
2224 | @item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE | |
56caf160 EZ |
2225 | Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is |
2226 | set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2227 | |
2228 | @item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE | |
2229 | Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point | |
56caf160 EZ |
2230 | numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is |
2231 | set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2232 | |
2233 | @item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE | |
2234 | Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double | |
56caf160 EZ |
2235 | float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier |
2236 | @code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script. | |
c906108c SS |
2237 | |
2238 | @item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR | |
2239 | Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number | |
2240 | @code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It | |
2241 | is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible. | |
2242 | ||
2243 | @item L_SET | |
56caf160 EZ |
2244 | This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly, |
2245 | @code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead, | |
2246 | which is the POSIX equivalent. | |
c906108c | 2247 | |
c906108c SS |
2248 | @item MMAP_BASE_ADDRESS |
2249 | When using HAVE_MMAP, the first mapping should go at this address. | |
2250 | ||
2251 | @item MMAP_INCREMENT | |
2252 | when using HAVE_MMAP, this is the increment between mappings. | |
2253 | ||
c906108c SS |
2254 | @item NORETURN |
2255 | If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile}, | |
2256 | that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to | |
2257 | indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly | |
2258 | if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined. | |
2259 | ||
2260 | @item ATTR_NORETURN | |
2261 | If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as | |
2262 | @code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations | |
2263 | of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already | |
2264 | set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be | |
2265 | defined. | |
2266 | ||
2267 | @item USE_MMALLOC | |
56caf160 EZ |
2268 | @findex mmalloc |
2269 | @value{GDBN} will use the @code{mmalloc} library for memory allocation | |
2270 | for symbol reading if this symbol is defined. Be careful defining it | |
2271 | since there are systems on which @code{mmalloc} does not work for some | |
2272 | reason. One example is the DECstation, where its RPC library can't | |
2273 | cope with our redefinition of @code{malloc} to call @code{mmalloc}. | |
2274 | When defining @code{USE_MMALLOC}, you will also have to set | |
2275 | @code{MMALLOC} in the Makefile, to point to the @code{mmalloc} library. This | |
2276 | define is set when you configure with @samp{--with-mmalloc}. | |
c906108c SS |
2277 | |
2278 | @item NO_MMCHECK | |
56caf160 | 2279 | @findex mmcheck |
c906108c SS |
2280 | Define this if you are using @code{mmalloc}, but don't want the overhead |
2281 | of checking the heap with @code{mmcheck}. Note that on some systems, | |
56caf160 | 2282 | the C runtime makes calls to @code{malloc} prior to calling @code{main}, and if |
c906108c SS |
2283 | @code{free} is ever called with these pointers after calling |
2284 | @code{mmcheck} to enable checking, a memory corruption abort is certain | |
56caf160 EZ |
2285 | to occur. These systems can still use @code{mmalloc}, but must define |
2286 | @code{NO_MMCHECK}. | |
c906108c SS |
2287 | |
2288 | @item MMCHECK_FORCE | |
2289 | Define this to 1 if the C runtime allocates memory prior to | |
2290 | @code{mmcheck} being called, but that memory is never freed so we don't | |
2291 | have to worry about it triggering a memory corruption abort. The | |
2292 | default is 0, which means that @code{mmcheck} will only install the heap | |
2293 | checking functions if there has not yet been any memory allocation | |
56caf160 | 2294 | calls, and if it fails to install the functions, @value{GDBN} will issue a |
c906108c | 2295 | warning. This is currently defined if you configure using |
56caf160 | 2296 | @samp{--with-mmalloc}. |
c906108c SS |
2297 | |
2298 | @item NO_SIGINTERRUPT | |
56caf160 EZ |
2299 | @findex siginterrupt |
2300 | Define this to indicate that @code{siginterrupt} is not available. | |
c906108c | 2301 | |
c906108c | 2302 | @item SEEK_CUR |
9742079a | 2303 | @itemx SEEK_SET |
56caf160 | 2304 | Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already |
c906108c SS |
2305 | defined. |
2306 | ||
2307 | @item STOP_SIGNAL | |
56caf160 EZ |
2308 | This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to |
2309 | @code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.) | |
c906108c SS |
2310 | |
2311 | @item USE_O_NOCTTY | |
56caf160 | 2312 | Define this if the interior's tty should be opened with the @code{O_NOCTTY} |
c906108c SS |
2313 | flag. (FIXME: This should be a native-only flag, but @file{inflow.c} is |
2314 | always linked in.) | |
2315 | ||
2316 | @item USG | |
2317 | Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME: | |
7ca9f392 AC |
2318 | This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and |
2319 | @file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.) | |
c906108c SS |
2320 | |
2321 | @item lint | |
56caf160 | 2322 | Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations. |
c906108c SS |
2323 | |
2324 | @item volatile | |
2325 | Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or | |
2326 | @code{/**/}. | |
56caf160 | 2327 | @end ftable |
c906108c SS |
2328 | |
2329 | ||
2330 | @node Target Architecture Definition | |
2331 | ||
2332 | @chapter Target Architecture Definition | |
2333 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2334 | @cindex target architecture definition |
2335 | @value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of | |
2336 | machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works | |
2337 | with them. | |
c906108c | 2338 | |
af6c57ea AC |
2339 | The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure |
2340 | @code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated | |
93c2c750 | 2341 | using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}. |
c906108c | 2342 | |
70f80edf JT |
2343 | @section Operating System ABI Variant Handling |
2344 | @cindex OS ABI variants | |
2345 | ||
2346 | @value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS | |
2347 | ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of | |
2348 | variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major | |
2349 | components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers. | |
2350 | ||
2351 | A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair | |
2352 | (the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the | |
2353 | OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered | |
2354 | to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are | |
2355 | considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer | |
2356 | overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an | |
2357 | architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two | |
2358 | different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The | |
2359 | OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which | |
2360 | examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note | |
2361 | sections known to be used by several operating systems. | |
2362 | ||
2363 | @cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure | |
2364 | A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the | |
2365 | selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI | |
2366 | for each BFD architecture. | |
2367 | ||
2368 | The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}: | |
2369 | ||
2370 | @table @code | |
2371 | ||
2372 | @findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN | |
2373 | @item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN | |
2374 | The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch} | |
2375 | settings for the architecture will be used. | |
2376 | ||
2377 | @findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4 | |
2378 | @item GDB_OSABI_SVR4 | |
2379 | UNIX System V Release 4 | |
2380 | ||
2381 | @findex GDB_OSABI_HURD | |
2382 | @item GDB_OSABI_HURD | |
2383 | GNU using the Hurd kernel | |
2384 | ||
2385 | @findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS | |
2386 | @item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS | |
2387 | Sun Solaris | |
2388 | ||
2389 | @findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1 | |
2390 | @item GDB_OSABI_OSF1 | |
2391 | OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX | |
2392 | ||
2393 | @findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX | |
2394 | @item GDB_OSABI_LINUX | |
2395 | GNU using the Linux kernel | |
2396 | ||
2397 | @findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT | |
2398 | @item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT | |
2399 | FreeBSD using the a.out executable format | |
2400 | ||
2401 | @findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF | |
2402 | @item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF | |
2403 | FreeBSD using the ELF executable format | |
2404 | ||
2405 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT | |
2406 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT | |
2407 | NetBSD using the a.out executable format | |
2408 | ||
2409 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF | |
2410 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF | |
2411 | NetBSD using the ELF executable format | |
2412 | ||
2413 | @findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE | |
2414 | @item GDB_OSABI_WINCE | |
2415 | Windows CE | |
2416 | ||
1029b7fa MK |
2417 | @findex GDB_OSABI_GO32 |
2418 | @item GDB_OSABI_GO32 | |
2419 | DJGPP | |
2420 | ||
2421 | @findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE | |
2422 | @item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE | |
2423 | Novell NetWare | |
2424 | ||
70f80edf JT |
2425 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1 |
2426 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1 | |
2427 | ARM Embedded ABI version 1 | |
2428 | ||
2429 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2 | |
2430 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2 | |
2431 | ARM Embedded ABI version 2 | |
2432 | ||
2433 | @findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS | |
2434 | @item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS | |
2435 | Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard | |
2436 | ||
2437 | @end table | |
2438 | ||
2439 | Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework: | |
2440 | ||
2441 | @deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}) | |
2442 | Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}. | |
2443 | @end deftypefun | |
2444 | ||
c133ab7a | 2445 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch})) |
70f80edf | 2446 | Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the |
c133ab7a MK |
2447 | architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch}, |
2448 | @var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the | |
2449 | machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type, | |
2450 | will suffice. | |
70f80edf JT |
2451 | @end deftypefun |
2452 | ||
2453 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd})) | |
2454 | Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the | |
2455 | BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}. | |
2456 | If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to | |
2457 | be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for | |
2458 | any architecture. | |
2459 | @end deftypefun | |
2460 | ||
2461 | @deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd}) | |
2462 | Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI. | |
2463 | The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot | |
2464 | be determined. | |
2465 | @end deftypefun | |
2466 | ||
2467 | @deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}) | |
2468 | Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the | |
2469 | @code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler | |
2470 | corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s | |
2471 | architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue | |
2472 | with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}. | |
2473 | @end deftypefun | |
2474 | ||
c906108c SS |
2475 | @section Registers and Memory |
2476 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2477 | @value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple. |
2478 | @value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a | |
2479 | block of memory. Each register may have a different size. | |
c906108c | 2480 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2481 | @value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the |
2482 | compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical | |
2483 | that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is | |
2484 | to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses, | |
2485 | and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros. | |
c906108c | 2486 | |
25822942 | 2487 | @value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures. |
c906108c | 2488 | |
93e79dbd JB |
2489 | @section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses |
2490 | @cindex pointer representation | |
2491 | @cindex address representation | |
2492 | @cindex word-addressed machines | |
2493 | @cindex separate data and code address spaces | |
2494 | @cindex spaces, separate data and code address | |
2495 | @cindex address spaces, separate data and code | |
2496 | @cindex code pointers, word-addressed | |
2497 | @cindex converting between pointers and addresses | |
2498 | @cindex D10V addresses | |
2499 | ||
2500 | On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is | |
2501 | indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number | |
2502 | whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such | |
56caf160 | 2503 | machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably. |
93e79dbd JB |
2504 | However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for |
2505 | address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this | |
2506 | identity, and allows a larger code address space. | |
2507 | ||
2508 | For example, the Mitsubishi D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose | |
2509 | instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are | |
2510 | actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't | |
2511 | jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to | |
2512 | full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}. | |
2513 | If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations, | |
2514 | then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions. | |
2515 | However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the | |
56caf160 EZ |
2516 | low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always |
2517 | zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses, | |
2518 | the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to | |
93e79dbd JB |
2519 | refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of |
2520 | code space. | |
2521 | ||
2522 | However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different | |
2523 | forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address | |
2524 | @code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address | |
2525 | @code{0x30080} when used as a code address. | |
2526 | ||
2527 | (The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also | |
2528 | affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're | |
2529 | going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.) | |
2530 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2531 | To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only |
2532 | one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are | |
93e79dbd JB |
2533 | byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation |
2534 | of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above, | |
2535 | @code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses | |
2536 | @code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it. | |
2537 | @value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address | |
2538 | and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture. | |
2539 | ||
2540 | Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all | |
2541 | processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus, | |
2542 | each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does | |
2543 | distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to | |
2544 | clean up some architecture-independent code. | |
2545 | ||
2546 | Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses: | |
2547 | ||
2548 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}) | |
2549 | Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type | |
2550 | @var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner | |
2551 | appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address | |
2552 | @value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that | |
2553 | @var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the | |
2554 | inferior's. | |
2555 | ||
2556 | For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function | |
2557 | extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from | |
2558 | @var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the | |
2559 | D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from | |
2560 | @var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function. | |
2561 | ||
2562 | If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function | |
2563 | will signal an internal error. | |
2564 | @end deftypefun | |
2565 | ||
2566 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2567 | Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a | |
2568 | pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that | |
2569 | @var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the | |
2570 | inferior's. | |
2571 | ||
2572 | For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function | |
2573 | stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the | |
2574 | appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture | |
2575 | is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is | |
2576 | a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}. | |
2577 | ||
2578 | If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function | |
2579 | will signal an internal error. | |
2580 | @end deftypefun | |
2581 | ||
f23631e4 | 2582 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val}) |
93e79dbd JB |
2583 | Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents, |
2584 | as appropriate for the current architecture. | |
2585 | ||
2586 | This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers. | |
2587 | For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as | |
2588 | described above for @code{extract_typed_address}. | |
2589 | @end deftypefun | |
2590 | ||
2591 | @deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2592 | Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to | |
2593 | the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture. | |
2594 | This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described | |
2595 | above for @code{store_typed_address}. | |
2596 | @end deftypefun | |
2597 | ||
93e79dbd JB |
2598 | Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the |
2599 | relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default | |
2600 | definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are | |
fc0c74b1 | 2601 | simple unsigned byte addresses. |
93e79dbd JB |
2602 | |
2603 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}) | |
2604 | Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the | |
2605 | appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte | |
2606 | address the pointer refers to. | |
2607 | ||
2608 | This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2609 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2610 | @end deftypefn |
2611 | ||
2612 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr}) | |
2613 | Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address | |
2614 | @var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture. | |
2615 | ||
2616 | This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2617 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2618 | @end deftypefn |
2619 | ||
b5b0480a KB |
2620 | @section Address Classes |
2621 | @cindex address classes | |
2622 | @cindex DW_AT_byte_size | |
2623 | @cindex DW_AT_address_class | |
2624 | ||
2625 | Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available | |
2626 | via the debug information. For example, some programming environments | |
2627 | define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information | |
2628 | distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size | |
2629 | info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit | |
2630 | address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the | |
2631 | following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these | |
2632 | types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to | |
2633 | a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions. | |
2634 | ||
2635 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2636 | Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size | |
2637 | is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}. | |
2638 | This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See | |
2639 | @file{dwarf2read.c}. | |
2640 | @end deftypefn | |
2641 | ||
2642 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags}) | |
2643 | Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return | |
2644 | its name. | |
2645 | @end deftypefn | |
2646 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr}) | |
2647 | Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags | |
2648 | for that address class qualifier. | |
2649 | @end deftypefn | |
2650 | ||
2651 | Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of | |
2652 | the address class macros defined by default. Predicate | |
2653 | macros are provided to detect when they are defined. | |
2654 | ||
2655 | Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally | |
2656 | 32-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore, | |
2657 | suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply | |
2658 | uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one | |
2659 | of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined | |
2660 | to implement the address class macros: | |
2661 | ||
2662 | @smallexample | |
2663 | somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size, | |
2664 | int dwarf2_addr_class) | |
f2abfe65 | 2665 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2666 | if (byte_size == 2) |
2667 | return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; | |
2668 | else | |
2669 | return 0; | |
f2abfe65 | 2670 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2671 | |
2672 | static char * | |
2673 | somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags) | |
f2abfe65 | 2674 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2675 | if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1) |
2676 | return "short"; | |
2677 | else | |
2678 | return NULL; | |
f2abfe65 | 2679 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2680 | |
2681 | int | |
2682 | somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name, | |
2683 | int *type_flags_ptr) | |
f2abfe65 | 2684 | @{ |
b5b0480a | 2685 | if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0) |
f2abfe65 | 2686 | @{ |
b5b0480a KB |
2687 | *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1; |
2688 | return 1; | |
f2abfe65 | 2689 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2690 | else |
2691 | return 0; | |
f2abfe65 | 2692 | @} |
b5b0480a KB |
2693 | @end smallexample |
2694 | ||
2695 | The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions | |
2696 | to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if | |
2697 | the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these | |
2698 | short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior: | |
2699 | ||
2700 | @smallexample | |
2701 | (gdb) ptype short_ptr_var | |
2702 | type = int * @@short | |
2703 | @end smallexample | |
2704 | ||
93e79dbd | 2705 | |
13d01224 AC |
2706 | @section Raw and Virtual Register Representations |
2707 | @cindex raw register representation | |
2708 | @cindex virtual register representation | |
2709 | @cindex representations, raw and virtual registers | |
2710 | ||
2711 | @emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The | |
2712 | functionality described here has largely been replaced by | |
2713 | pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target | |
2714 | Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data | |
2715 | Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/, | |
2716 | Bug Tracking Database} and | |
2717 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more | |
2718 | up-to-date information.} | |
af6c57ea | 2719 | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2720 | Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a |
2721 | register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory. | |
25822942 | 2722 | In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in |
9fb4dd36 | 2723 | the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one |
25822942 | 2724 | used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects. |
9fb4dd36 | 2725 | |
13d01224 AC |
2726 | @emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to |
2727 | both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative | |
2728 | register forms.} | |
2729 | ||
9fb4dd36 JB |
2730 | For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and |
2731 | raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed. | |
2732 | However, they do occasionally differ. For example: | |
2733 | ||
2734 | @itemize @bullet | |
9fb4dd36 | 2735 | @item |
56caf160 | 2736 | The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2737 | we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the |
2738 | floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes | |
2739 | are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries, | |
2740 | allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point | |
2741 | type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed | |
2742 | arrangement is the virtual representation. | |
2743 | ||
2744 | @item | |
25822942 DB |
2745 | Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit |
2746 | registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32 | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2747 | bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the |
2748 | raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the | |
2749 | virtual representation. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2750 | @end itemize |
2751 | ||
2752 | In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or | |
25822942 DB |
2753 | @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation |
2754 | can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file, | |
56caf160 EZ |
2755 | @code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the |
2756 | @value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format. | |
9fb4dd36 | 2757 | |
56caf160 EZ |
2758 | Your architecture may define the following macros to request |
2759 | conversions between the raw and virtual format: | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2760 | |
2761 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg}) | |
2762 | Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw | |
2763 | and virtual formats. | |
6f6ef15a EZ |
2764 | |
2765 | You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register | |
2766 | unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2767 | @end deftypefn |
2768 | ||
2769 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg}) | |
2770 | The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number | |
25822942 | 2771 | of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN} |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2772 | remote protocol packet. |
2773 | @end deftypefn | |
2774 | ||
2775 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg}) | |
2776 | The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format. | |
2777 | This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that | |
2778 | register's value. | |
2779 | @end deftypefn | |
2780 | ||
2781 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg}) | |
2782 | This is the type of the virtual representation of register number | |
2783 | @var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the | |
25822942 | 2784 | register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN} |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2785 | always uses the virtual form. |
2786 | @end deftypefn | |
2787 | ||
2788 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2789 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which | |
2790 | should always be @code{REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer | |
2791 | at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should | |
2792 | convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}. | |
2793 | ||
6f6ef15a EZ |
2794 | Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and |
2795 | @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type} | |
2796 | arguments in different orders. | |
2797 | ||
2798 | You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers | |
2799 | for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero | |
2800 | value. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
2801 | @end deftypefn |
2802 | ||
2803 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2804 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which | |
2805 | should always be @code{REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer | |
2806 | at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should | |
2807 | convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}. | |
2808 | ||
2809 | Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take | |
2810 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2811 | @end deftypefn | |
2812 | ||
2813 | ||
13d01224 AC |
2814 | @section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations |
2815 | @cindex register representation | |
2816 | @cindex memory representation | |
2817 | @cindex representations, register and memory | |
2818 | @cindex register data formats, converting | |
2819 | @cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to | |
2820 | ||
2821 | @emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing | |
2822 | significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this | |
2823 | section are likely to be subject to further revision. See | |
2824 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and | |
2825 | @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for | |
2826 | further information. cagney/2002-05-06.} | |
2827 | ||
2828 | Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a | |
2829 | form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation. | |
2830 | For example: | |
2831 | ||
2832 | @itemize @bullet | |
2833 | ||
2834 | @item | |
2835 | The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in | |
2836 | floating-point registers. | |
2837 | ||
2838 | @item | |
2839 | The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The | |
2840 | @code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits | |
2841 | when stored in a register. | |
2842 | ||
2843 | @end itemize | |
2844 | ||
2845 | In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by | |
2846 | the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while | |
2847 | the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary | |
2848 | Interface. | |
2849 | ||
2850 | For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two | |
2851 | representations are identical, and no special handling is needed. | |
2852 | However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the | |
2853 | following macros to request conversions between the register and memory | |
2854 | representations of a data type: | |
2855 | ||
2856 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg}) | |
2857 | Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this | |
2858 | register may be different to the representation of that same data value | |
2859 | when stored in memory. | |
2860 | ||
2861 | When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and | |
2862 | @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion. | |
2863 | @end deftypefn | |
2864 | ||
2865 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2866 | Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type | |
2867 | @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw | |
2868 | format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}. | |
2869 | ||
2870 | Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take | |
2871 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2872 | ||
2873 | You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which | |
2874 | the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value. | |
2875 | @end deftypefn | |
2876 | ||
2877 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to}) | |
2878 | Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}' | |
2879 | raw format. | |
2880 | ||
2881 | Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take | |
2882 | their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders. | |
2883 | ||
2884 | You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which | |
2885 | the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value. | |
2886 | @end deftypefn | |
2887 | ||
2888 | @deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}) | |
2889 | See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want. | |
2890 | @end deftypefn | |
2891 | ||
2892 | ||
c906108c SS |
2893 | @section Frame Interpretation |
2894 | ||
2895 | @section Inferior Call Setup | |
2896 | ||
2897 | @section Compiler Characteristics | |
2898 | ||
2899 | @section Target Conditionals | |
2900 | ||
2901 | This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target | |
2902 | machine. | |
2903 | ||
2904 | @table @code | |
2905 | ||
c906108c | 2906 | @item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr) |
56caf160 | 2907 | @findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE |
adf40b2e JM |
2908 | If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not |
2909 | really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an | |
56caf160 | 2910 | expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for |
adf40b2e JM |
2911 | addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts. |
2912 | ||
2913 | For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA | |
2914 | 2.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding | |
2915 | instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte | |
2916 | boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual | |
2917 | address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these | |
2918 | bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}. | |
c906108c | 2919 | |
b5b0480a KB |
2920 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr}) |
2921 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS | |
2922 | If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int} | |
2923 | referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier | |
2924 | and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name, | |
2925 | return 0. | |
2926 | ||
2927 | The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of | |
2928 | @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or | |
2929 | possibly some combination of these values or'd together. | |
2930 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2931 | ||
2932 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P () | |
2933 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P | |
2934 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS} | |
2935 | has been defined. | |
2936 | ||
2937 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2938 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class}) | |
2939 | Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and | |
2940 | the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags | |
2941 | used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value | |
2942 | returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, | |
2943 | @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these | |
2944 | values or'd together. | |
2945 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2946 | ||
2947 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P () | |
2948 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P | |
2949 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has | |
2950 | been defined. | |
2951 | ||
2952 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags}) | |
2953 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME | |
2954 | Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type | |
2955 | flags given by @var{type_flags}. | |
2956 | ||
2957 | @item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P () | |
2958 | @findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P | |
2959 | Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has | |
2960 | been defined. | |
2961 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}. | |
2962 | ||
93e79dbd | 2963 | @item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr}) |
56caf160 | 2964 | @findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER |
93e79dbd JB |
2965 | Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address |
2966 | @var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture. | |
2967 | This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a | |
56caf160 | 2968 | C@t{++} reference type. |
93e79dbd JB |
2969 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}. |
2970 | ||
c906108c | 2971 | @item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION |
56caf160 EZ |
2972 | @findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION |
2973 | Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char} | |
2974 | parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its | |
2975 | original type, rather than the promoted type. | |
c906108c SS |
2976 | |
2977 | @item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE | |
56caf160 EZ |
2978 | @findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE |
2979 | Define this if @value{GDBN} should believe the type of a @code{short} | |
2980 | argument when compiled by @code{pcc}, but look within a full int space to get | |
2981 | its value. Only defined for Sun-3 at present. | |
c906108c SS |
2982 | |
2983 | @item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN | |
56caf160 EZ |
2984 | @findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN |
2985 | Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the | |
c906108c | 2986 | endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits |
56caf160 | 2987 | are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian. |
c906108c SS |
2988 | |
2989 | @item BREAKPOINT | |
56caf160 | 2990 | @findex BREAKPOINT |
c906108c SS |
2991 | This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into |
2992 | memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap | |
2993 | instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit | |
2994 | pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no | |
2995 | longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture. | |
2996 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
2997 | @code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of |
2998 | @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}. | |
7a292a7a | 2999 | |
c906108c | 3000 | @item BIG_BREAKPOINT |
56caf160 EZ |
3001 | @itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT |
3002 | @findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT | |
3003 | @findex BIG_BREAKPOINT | |
c906108c SS |
3004 | Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets. |
3005 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3006 | @code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in |
3007 | favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}. | |
7a292a7a | 3008 | |
2dd0da42 AC |
3009 | @item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT |
3010 | @itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
3011 | @itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
3012 | @findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
3013 | @findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
3014 | @findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT | |
3015 | Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target. | |
3016 | @code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT}, | |
3017 | @code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and | |
3018 | @code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in | |
3019 | favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}). | |
c906108c | 3020 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3021 | @item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr}) |
3022 | @findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC | |
2dd0da42 AC |
3023 | @anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the |
3024 | contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to | |
3025 | a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the | |
3026 | length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program | |
3027 | counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the | |
3028 | breakpoint should be inserted. | |
c906108c SS |
3029 | |
3030 | Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's | |
3031 | not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid | |
3032 | instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest | |
3033 | instruction of the architecture. | |
3034 | ||
7a292a7a SS |
3035 | Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros. |
3036 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3037 | @item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache}) |
3038 | @itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache}) | |
3039 | @findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT | |
3040 | @findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT | |
917317f4 JM |
3041 | Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults |
3042 | (@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and | |
3043 | @code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been | |
3044 | provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most | |
3045 | architectures. Architectures which may want to define | |
56caf160 | 3046 | @code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will |
917317f4 JM |
3047 | likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a |
3048 | conventional manner. | |
3049 | ||
3050 | It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define | |
3051 | custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if | |
56caf160 | 3052 | @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some |
917317f4 JM |
3053 | reason. |
3054 | ||
b1e29e33 AC |
3055 | @item DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS |
3056 | @findex DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS | |
56caf160 | 3057 | Pointer to an array of @code{LONGEST} words of data containing |
b8b527c5 AC |
3058 | host-byte-ordered @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE} sized values that |
3059 | partially specify the sequence of instructions needed for an inferior | |
3060 | function call. | |
7a292a7a | 3061 | |
56caf160 | 3062 | Should be deprecated in favor of a macro that uses target-byte-ordered |
7a292a7a SS |
3063 | data. |
3064 | ||
7043d8dc AC |
3065 | This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code} |
3066 | (@pxref{push_dummy_code}). | |
3067 | ||
b1e29e33 AC |
3068 | @item DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS |
3069 | @findex DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS | |
3070 | The size of @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}. This must return a | |
3071 | positive value. See also @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_LENGTH}. | |
c906108c | 3072 | |
7043d8dc AC |
3073 | This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code} |
3074 | (@pxref{push_dummy_code}). | |
3075 | ||
c906108c | 3076 | @item CALL_DUMMY |
56caf160 | 3077 | @findex CALL_DUMMY |
b1e29e33 AC |
3078 | A static initializer for @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}. |
3079 | Deprecated. | |
7a292a7a | 3080 | |
7043d8dc AC |
3081 | This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code} |
3082 | (@pxref{push_dummy_code}). | |
3083 | ||
c906108c | 3084 | @item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION |
56caf160 EZ |
3085 | @findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION |
3086 | See the file @file{inferior.h}. | |
7a292a7a | 3087 | |
7043d8dc AC |
3088 | This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code} |
3089 | (@pxref{push_dummy_code}). | |
3090 | ||
1bf6d5cc AC |
3091 | @item DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_STACK_ADJUST |
3092 | @findex DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_STACK_ADJUST | |
3093 | Stack adjustment needed when performing an inferior function call. This | |
b81774d8 | 3094 | function is no longer needed. @xref{push_dummy_call}, which can handle |
1bf6d5cc | 3095 | all alignment directly. |
c906108c | 3096 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3097 | @item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno}) |
3098 | @findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER | |
c906108c SS |
3099 | A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched |
3100 | from an inferior process. This is only relevant if | |
3101 | @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined. | |
3102 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3103 | @item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno}) |
3104 | @findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER | |
c906108c SS |
3105 | A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be |
3106 | written to the target. This is often the case for program counters, | |
56caf160 EZ |
3107 | status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined, |
3108 | @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written. | |
c906108c SS |
3109 | |
3110 | @item DO_DEFERRED_STORES | |
a5d7c491 | 3111 | @itemx CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES |
56caf160 EZ |
3112 | @findex CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES |
3113 | @findex DO_DEFERRED_STORES | |
c906108c SS |
3114 | Define this to execute any deferred stores of registers into the inferior, |
3115 | and to cancel any deferred stores. | |
3116 | ||
3117 | Currently only implemented correctly for native Sparc configurations? | |
3118 | ||
13d01224 AC |
3119 | @item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum}) |
3120 | @findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P | |
3121 | Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a | |
3122 | non-standard form. | |
3123 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. | |
3124 | ||
c906108c | 3125 | @item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK |
56caf160 | 3126 | @findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK |
c906108c SS |
3127 | Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the |
3128 | program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in | |
56caf160 | 3129 | @code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0. |
c906108c SS |
3130 | |
3131 | @item DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK | |
56caf160 | 3132 | @findex DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK |
c906108c SS |
3133 | Similarly, for hardware breakpoints. |
3134 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3135 | @item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr}) |
3136 | @findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK | |
c906108c SS |
3137 | If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared |
3138 | library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled. | |
3139 | ||
5e74b15c | 3140 | @item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO() |
0ab7a791 | 3141 | @findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO |
5e74b15c RE |
3142 | If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about |
3143 | the processor's floating point unit. | |
3144 | ||
0ab7a791 AC |
3145 | @item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all}) |
3146 | @findex print_registers_info | |
3147 | If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the | |
3148 | specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print | |
3149 | either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of | |
3150 | registers (@var{all} is zero). | |
3151 | ||
3152 | The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is | |
3153 | zero omits floating-point registers. | |
3154 | ||
e76f1f2e AC |
3155 | @item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO() |
3156 | @findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO | |
3157 | If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function | |
3158 | to print information about the processor's vector unit. | |
3159 | ||
3160 | By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector | |
3161 | registers (the register's type having the vector attribute). | |
3162 | ||
0dcedd82 | 3163 | @item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
56caf160 | 3164 | @findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3165 | Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined, |
3166 | no conversion will be performed. | |
3167 | ||
3168 | @item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3169 | @findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3170 | Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not |
3171 | defined, no conversion will be performed. | |
3172 | ||
3173 | @item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3174 | @findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM |
0dcedd82 AC |
3175 | Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined, |
3176 | no conversion will be performed. | |
3177 | ||
c906108c | 3178 | @item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT |
56caf160 EZ |
3179 | @findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT |
3180 | This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section. | |
3181 | @c (? FIXME ?) | |
c906108c | 3182 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3183 | @item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf}) |
3184 | @findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE | |
c906108c SS |
3185 | Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from |
3186 | the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format, | |
3187 | into @var{valbuf}. | |
3188 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3189 | @item EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf}) |
3190 | @findex EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS | |
83aa8bc6 AC |
3191 | When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw |
3192 | register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return | |
3193 | its structure value. | |
ac9a91a7 | 3194 | |
83aa8bc6 AC |
3195 | If not defined, @code{EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE} is used. |
3196 | ||
3197 | @item EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P() | |
56caf160 EZ |
3198 | @findex EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P |
3199 | Predicate for @code{EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}. | |
c906108c | 3200 | |
0ba6dca9 AC |
3201 | @item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM |
3202 | @findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM | |
cce74817 JM |
3203 | If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this |
3204 | macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register. | |
3205 | ||
0ba6dca9 AC |
3206 | This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP} |
3207 | is not defined. | |
c906108c | 3208 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3209 | @item FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi}) |
3210 | @findex FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION | |
392a587b JM |
3211 | Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation |
3212 | represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it. | |
3213 | Otherwise return 0. | |
c906108c | 3214 | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3215 | @item frame_align (@var{address}) |
3216 | @anchor{frame_align} | |
3217 | @findex frame_align | |
3218 | Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment | |
3219 | requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's | |
3220 | alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors | |
f27dd7fd | 3221 | stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}). |
790eb8f5 AC |
3222 | |
3223 | This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both | |
3224 | the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return | |
3225 | value are correctly aligned. | |
3226 | ||
f27dd7fd AC |
3227 | Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the |
3228 | address in the direction of stack growth. | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3229 | |
3230 | By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed. | |
3231 | ||
8b148df9 AC |
3232 | @item int frame_red_zone_size |
3233 | ||
3234 | The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the | |
3235 | @sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of | |
3236 | allocating extra stack space). | |
3237 | ||
3238 | When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not | |
3239 | modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by | |
3240 | @var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the | |
3241 | stack. | |
3242 | ||
3243 | By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned | |
3244 | (@pxref{frame_align}). | |
3245 | ||
3246 | The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the | |
3247 | @emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area. | |
3248 | @cindex red zone | |
3249 | ||
618ce49f AC |
3250 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame}) |
3251 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN | |
c906108c SS |
3252 | Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame. |
3253 | ||
618ce49f AC |
3254 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe}) |
3255 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID | |
95f90d25 DJ |
3256 | Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an |
3257 | outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal | |
3258 | situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL} | |
3259 | chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the | |
3260 | startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside | |
3261 | @code{_start}. | |
c906108c | 3262 | |
f30ee0bc AC |
3263 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame}) |
3264 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS | |
c906108c SS |
3265 | See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the |
3266 | current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for | |
3267 | @code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by | |
f30ee0bc AC |
3268 | @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using |
3269 | @code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}. | |
c906108c | 3270 | |
fb8f8949 | 3271 | @code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated. |
c906108c | 3272 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3273 | @item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi}) |
3274 | @findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS | |
392a587b JM |
3275 | For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that |
3276 | are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return | |
3277 | @code{-1}. | |
c906108c | 3278 | |
8bedc050 AC |
3279 | @item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame}) |
3280 | @findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC | |
3281 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc | |
3282 | saved there. This is the return address. | |
12cc2063 AC |
3283 | |
3284 | This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}. | |
3285 | ||
3286 | @item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame}) | |
3287 | @findex unwind_pc | |
3288 | @anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s | |
3289 | caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns. | |
3290 | This is commonly refered to as the return address. | |
3291 | ||
3292 | The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame), | |
3293 | is typically no more than: | |
3294 | ||
3295 | @smallexample | |
3296 | ULONGEST pc; | |
3297 | frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc); | |
3298 | return d10v_make_iaddr (pc); | |
3299 | @end smallexample | |
3300 | ||
3301 | @noindent | |
8bedc050 | 3302 | @xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces. |
c906108c | 3303 | |
a9e5fdc2 AC |
3304 | @item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame}) |
3305 | @findex unwind_sp | |
3306 | @anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is | |
3307 | commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}. | |
3308 | ||
3309 | The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame), | |
3310 | is typically no more than: | |
3311 | ||
3312 | @smallexample | |
3313 | ULONGEST sp; | |
3314 | frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp); | |
3315 | return d10v_make_daddr (sp); | |
3316 | @end smallexample | |
3317 | ||
3318 | @noindent | |
3319 | @xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces. | |
3320 | ||
c906108c | 3321 | @item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE |
56caf160 | 3322 | @findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE |
c906108c SS |
3323 | For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the |
3324 | function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define | |
3325 | @code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a | |
3326 | function's epilogue. | |
3327 | ||
f7cb2b90 | 3328 | @item FUNCTION_START_OFFSET |
56caf160 | 3329 | @findex FUNCTION_START_OFFSET |
f7cb2b90 JB |
3330 | An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as |
3331 | used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the | |
3332 | function's first genuine instruction. | |
3333 | ||
3334 | This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually | |
3335 | the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for example, | |
3336 | each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask indicating | |
3337 | which registers to save upon entry to the function. The VAX @code{call} | |
3338 | instructions check this value, and save the appropriate registers | |
3339 | automatically. Thus, since the offset from the function's address to | |
3340 | its first instruction is two bytes, @code{FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would | |
3341 | be 2 on the VAX. | |
3342 | ||
c906108c | 3343 | @item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL |
56caf160 EZ |
3344 | @itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL |
3345 | @findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL | |
3346 | @findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL | |
3347 | If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will | |
3348 | look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols | |
3349 | are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.}, | |
3350 | respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.) | |
c906108c | 3351 | |
25822942 | 3352 | @item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH |
56caf160 | 3353 | @findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH |
937f164b | 3354 | If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures |
25822942 | 3355 | within @value{GDBN}. |
0f71a2f6 | 3356 | |
56caf160 | 3357 | This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only |
0f71a2f6 | 3358 | definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two, |
937f164b | 3359 | a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be |
0f71a2f6 JM |
3360 | defined. |
3361 | ||
25822942 | 3362 | @item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA |
56caf160 EZ |
3363 | @findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA |
3364 | This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and | |
3365 | @file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from | |
3366 | HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c} | |
3367 | used instead. | |
c906108c | 3368 | |
c906108c | 3369 | @item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
56caf160 | 3370 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
3371 | For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the |
3372 | DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since | |
937f164b | 3373 | the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it. |
c906108c | 3374 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3375 | This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to, |
3376 | assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a | |
3377 | @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this | |
c906108c SS |
3378 | pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed. |
3379 | ||
ac2adee5 AC |
3380 | @item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER |
3381 | @findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER | |
c906108c | 3382 | Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function |
ac2adee5 | 3383 | @code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}. |
c906108c | 3384 | |
c906108c | 3385 | @item IBM6000_TARGET |
56caf160 | 3386 | @findex IBM6000_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
3387 | Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 target. This |
3388 | conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by | |
56caf160 | 3389 | feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are |
c906108c SS |
3390 | repenting at leisure. |
3391 | ||
9742079a EZ |
3392 | @item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS |
3393 | An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint | |
3394 | support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
3395 | ||
2df3850c | 3396 | @item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR |
56caf160 | 3397 | @findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR |
2df3850c | 3398 | Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this |
25822942 | 3399 | macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such |
2df3850c JM |
3400 | routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}. |
3401 | ||
3402 | On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with | |
3403 | @samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode | |
3404 | routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC. | |
3405 | ||
e9582e71 AC |
3406 | @item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame}) |
3407 | @findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO | |
c906108c SS |
3408 | If additional information about the frame is required this should be |
3409 | stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info} | |
372613e3 | 3410 | is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}. |
c906108c | 3411 | |
a5afb99f AC |
3412 | @item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev}) |
3413 | @findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC | |
c906108c SS |
3414 | This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by |
3415 | @var{prev}. [By default...] | |
3416 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3417 | @item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs}) |
3418 | @findex INNER_THAN | |
c906108c SS |
3419 | Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the |
3420 | stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if | |
3421 | the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the | |
3422 | stack grows upward. | |
3423 | ||
9e5abb06 CV |
3424 | @item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}) |
3425 | @findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p | |
3426 | Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function. | |
3427 | The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where | |
3428 | the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the | |
3429 | final `return from function call' instruction. | |
3430 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3431 | @item SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc}) |
3432 | @findex SIGTRAMP_START | |
3433 | @itemx SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc}) | |
3434 | @findex SIGTRAMP_END | |
3435 | Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the | |
c906108c SS |
3436 | given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time |
3437 | constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied | |
3438 | @var{pc}. | |
3439 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3440 | @item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name}) |
3441 | @findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE | |
c906108c SS |
3442 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3443 | trampoline that connects to a shared library. | |
3444 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3445 | @item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name}) |
3446 | @findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE | |
c906108c SS |
3447 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3448 | trampoline that returns from a shared library. | |
3449 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3450 | @item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc}) |
3451 | @findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE | |
d4f3574e SS |
3452 | Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the |
3453 | dynamic linker. | |
3454 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3455 | @item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc}) |
3456 | @findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER | |
d4f3574e SS |
3457 | Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution |
3458 | should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution | |
3459 | function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary | |
3460 | to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single | |
3461 | stepping will suffice. | |
3462 | ||
fc0c74b1 AC |
3463 | @item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf}) |
3464 | @findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS | |
3465 | @cindex converting integers to addresses | |
3466 | Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address | |
3467 | conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to | |
3468 | the current architectures conventions. | |
3469 | ||
3470 | @emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from | |
3471 | their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s | |
3472 | @code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been | |
3473 | computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause | |
3474 | major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In | |
3475 | other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these | |
3476 | conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed | |
3477 | out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers | |
3478 | to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a | |
3479 | disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture | |
3480 | method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for | |
3481 | @value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.} | |
3482 | ||
3483 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always | |
3484 | Addresses}. | |
3485 | ||
6729c0ad AC |
3486 | @item NEED_TEXT_START_END |
3487 | @findex NEED_TEXT_START_END | |
3488 | Define this if @value{GDBN} should determine the start and end addresses of the | |
3489 | text section. (Seems dubious.) | |
3490 | ||
c906108c | 3491 | @item NO_HIF_SUPPORT |
56caf160 | 3492 | @findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT |
c906108c SS |
3493 | (Specific to the a29k.) |
3494 | ||
93e79dbd | 3495 | @item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf}) |
56caf160 | 3496 | @findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS |
93e79dbd JB |
3497 | Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the |
3498 | appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte | |
3499 | address the pointer refers to. | |
3500 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}. | |
3501 | ||
9fb4dd36 | 3502 | @item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg}) |
56caf160 | 3503 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE |
9fb4dd36 | 3504 | Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats. |
13d01224 AC |
3505 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
3506 | ||
3507 | @item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to}) | |
3508 | @findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE | |
3509 | Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type | |
3510 | @var{type}. | |
4281a42e | 3511 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 JB |
3512 | |
3513 | @item REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg}) | |
56caf160 | 3514 | @findex REGISTER_RAW_SIZE |
b2e75d78 AC |
3515 | Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's |
3516 | virtual type. | |
13d01224 | 3517 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3518 | |
617073a9 AC |
3519 | @item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup}) |
3520 | @findex register_reggroup_p | |
3521 | @cindex register groups | |
3522 | Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register | |
3523 | group @var{reggroup}. | |
3524 | ||
3525 | By default, registers are grouped as follows: | |
3526 | ||
3527 | @table @code | |
3528 | @item float_reggroup | |
3529 | Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type. | |
3530 | @item vector_reggroup | |
3531 | Any register with a valid name and a vector type. | |
3532 | @item general_reggroup | |
3533 | Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or | |
3534 | floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}. | |
3535 | @item save_reggroup | |
3536 | @itemx restore_reggroup | |
3537 | @itemx all_reggroup | |
3538 | Any register with a valid name. | |
3539 | @end table | |
3540 | ||
9fb4dd36 | 3541 | @item REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg}) |
56caf160 | 3542 | @findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE |
b2e75d78 AC |
3543 | Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the |
3544 | register's virtual type. | |
13d01224 AC |
3545 | Return the virtual size of @var{reg}. |
3546 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. | |
9fb4dd36 JB |
3547 | |
3548 | @item REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg}) | |
56caf160 | 3549 | @findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE |
9fb4dd36 | 3550 | Return the virtual type of @var{reg}. |
13d01224 | 3551 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3552 | |
77e7e267 AC |
3553 | @item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg}) |
3554 | @findex register_type | |
3555 | If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function | |
3556 | superseeds @code{REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture | |
3557 | Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. | |
3558 | ||
9fb4dd36 | 3559 | @item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to}) |
56caf160 | 3560 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL |
9fb4dd36 | 3561 | Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual |
4281a42e | 3562 | form. |
13d01224 | 3563 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 JB |
3564 | |
3565 | @item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to}) | |
56caf160 | 3566 | @findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW |
9fb4dd36 | 3567 | Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw |
4281a42e | 3568 | form. |
13d01224 | 3569 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}. |
9fb4dd36 | 3570 | |
e5419804 JB |
3571 | @item RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK(@var{type}) |
3572 | @findex RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK | |
3573 | @cindex returning structures by value | |
3574 | @cindex structures, returning by value | |
3575 | ||
3576 | Return non-zero if values of type TYPE are returned on the stack, using | |
3577 | the ``struct convention'' (i.e., the caller provides a pointer to a | |
3578 | buffer in which the callee should store the return value). This | |
3579 | controls how the @samp{finish} command finds a function's return value, | |
3580 | and whether an inferior function call reserves space on the stack for | |
3581 | the return value. | |
3582 | ||
3583 | The full logic @value{GDBN} uses here is kind of odd. | |
e5419804 | 3584 | |
56caf160 | 3585 | @itemize @bullet |
e5419804 JB |
3586 | @item |
3587 | If the type being returned by value is not a structure, union, or array, | |
3588 | and @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} returns zero, then @value{GDBN} | |
3589 | concludes the value is not returned using the struct convention. | |
3590 | ||
3591 | @item | |
3592 | Otherwise, @value{GDBN} calls @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} (see below). | |
3593 | If that returns non-zero, @value{GDBN} assumes the struct convention is | |
3594 | in use. | |
e5419804 JB |
3595 | @end itemize |
3596 | ||
3597 | In other words, to indicate that a given type is returned by value using | |
3598 | the struct convention, that type must be either a struct, union, array, | |
3599 | or something @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} likes, @emph{and} something | |
3600 | that @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} likes. | |
3601 | ||
56caf160 | 3602 | Note that, in C and C@t{++}, arrays are never returned by value. In those |
e5419804 JB |
3603 | languages, these predicates will always see a pointer type, never an |
3604 | array type. All the references above to arrays being returned by value | |
3605 | apply only to other languages. | |
3606 | ||
b0ed3589 | 3607 | @item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P() |
56caf160 | 3608 | @findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P |
c906108c | 3609 | Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step |
56caf160 | 3610 | mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined. |
c906108c | 3611 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3612 | @item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p}) |
3613 | @findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP | |
3614 | A function that inserts or removes (depending on | |
c906108c | 3615 | @var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of |
56caf160 | 3616 | the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c} |
c906108c SS |
3617 | for examples. |
3618 | ||
da59e081 | 3619 | @item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING |
56caf160 | 3620 | @findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING |
da59e081 JM |
3621 | Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the |
3622 | debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating | |
3623 | them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the | |
3624 | address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make | |
3625 | linking faster. | |
3626 | ||
3627 | @code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of | |
3628 | hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} | |
3629 | entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark | |
3630 | the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text | |
3631 | segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions. | |
3632 | ||
3633 | @code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things: | |
da59e081 | 3634 | |
56caf160 | 3635 | @itemize @bullet |
da59e081 JM |
3636 | @item |
3637 | @code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the | |
3638 | addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from | |
56caf160 EZ |
3639 | the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the |
3640 | linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the | |
3641 | name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries | |
da59e081 JM |
3642 | the address. |
3643 | ||
3644 | @item | |
3645 | @code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the | |
3646 | @code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, | |
3647 | and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from | |
3648 | them. | |
da59e081 JM |
3649 | @end itemize |
3650 | ||
c906108c | 3651 | @item PCC_SOL_BROKEN |
56caf160 | 3652 | @findex PCC_SOL_BROKEN |
c906108c SS |
3653 | (Used only in the Convex target.) |
3654 | ||
d7bd68ca AC |
3655 | @item PC_IN_SIGTRAMP (@var{pc}, @var{name}) |
3656 | @findex PC_IN_SIGTRAMP | |
3657 | @cindex sigtramp | |
3658 | The @dfn{sigtramp} is a routine that the kernel calls (which then calls | |
3659 | the signal handler). On most machines it is a library routine that is | |
3660 | linked into the executable. | |
3661 | ||
3662 | This function, given a program counter value in @var{pc} and the | |
3663 | (possibly NULL) name of the function in which that @var{pc} resides, | |
3664 | returns nonzero if the @var{pc} and/or @var{name} show that we are in | |
3665 | sigtramp. | |
3666 | ||
c906108c | 3667 | @item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT |
56caf160 | 3668 | @findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT |
c906108c SS |
3669 | If defined, print information about the load segment for the program |
3670 | counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.) | |
3671 | ||
3672 | @item PC_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3673 | @findex PC_REGNUM |
c906108c | 3674 | If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to |
cce74817 JM |
3675 | be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register. |
3676 | ||
3677 | This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and | |
3678 | @code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined. | |
c906108c SS |
3679 | |
3680 | @item NPC_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3681 | @findex NPC_REGNUM |
c906108c SS |
3682 | The number of the ``next program counter'' register, if defined. |
3683 | ||
2df3850c | 3684 | @item PARM_BOUNDARY |
56caf160 | 3685 | @findex PARM_BOUNDARY |
2df3850c JM |
3686 | If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before |
3687 | pushing them on the stack. | |
3688 | ||
c906108c | 3689 | @item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK |
56caf160 | 3690 | @findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK |
c906108c SS |
3691 | A hook defined for XCOFF reading. |
3692 | ||
3693 | @item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP | |
56caf160 | 3694 | @findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP |
c906108c SS |
3695 | (Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.) |
3696 | ||
3697 | @item PS_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3698 | @findex PS_REGNUM |
c906108c SS |
3699 | If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This |
3700 | definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".) | |
3701 | ||
749b82f6 AC |
3702 | @item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME |
3703 | @findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME | |
3704 | @findex frame_pop | |
3705 | If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This | |
3706 | method has been superseeded by generic code. | |
c906108c | 3707 | |
39fe6e80 | 3708 | @item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{func_addr}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr}) |
b81774d8 AC |
3709 | @findex push_dummy_call |
3710 | @findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS. | |
39fe6e80 AC |
3711 | @anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to |
3712 | the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing | |
3713 | @var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when | |
3714 | @var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}). | |
c906108c | 3715 | |
b24da7d0 | 3716 | Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer. |
b81774d8 AC |
3717 | |
3718 | This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}. | |
3719 | ||
7043d8dc AC |
3720 | @item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}) |
3721 | @findex push_dummy_code | |
b1e29e33 | 3722 | @findex DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY |
7043d8dc AC |
3723 | @anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the |
3724 | instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the | |
3725 | called function should return. | |
3726 | ||
3727 | Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction | |
3728 | should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting | |
3729 | the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address. | |
3730 | ||
3731 | By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned | |
3732 | (@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address | |
3733 | reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}. | |
3734 | ||
b1e29e33 AC |
3735 | This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}, |
3736 | @code{DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}, @code{CALL_DUMMY}, | |
3737 | @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION}, @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}, | |
3738 | @code{GDB_TARGET_IS_HPPA}, | |
3739 | @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_BREAKPOINT_OFFSET}, and | |
3740 | @code{DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY}. | |
7043d8dc | 3741 | |
b81774d8 AC |
3742 | @item DEPRECATED_PUSH_DUMMY_FRAME |
3743 | @findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_DUMMY_FRAME | |
c906108c SS |
3744 | Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to create an artificial stack frame. |
3745 | ||
b8b527c5 AC |
3746 | @item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES |
3747 | @findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES | |
3748 | The total amount of space needed to store @value{GDBN}'s copy of the | |
3749 | machine's register state. | |
3750 | ||
3751 | This is no longer needed. @value{GDBN} instead computes the size of the | |
3752 | register buffer at run-time. | |
c906108c | 3753 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3754 | @item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i}) |
3755 | @findex REGISTER_NAME | |
3756 | Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL} | |
3757 | or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid. | |
c906108c | 3758 | |
8e823e25 MK |
3759 | @item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type}) |
3760 | @findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR | |
c906108c SS |
3761 | Define this to return 1 if the given type will be passed by pointer |
3762 | rather than directly. | |
3763 | ||
b24da7d0 AC |
3764 | @item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp}) |
3765 | @findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS | |
3766 | @anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to | |
3767 | notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be | |
3768 | passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP} | |
3769 | after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been | |
3770 | allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}. | |
43ff13b4 | 3771 | |
c906108c | 3772 | @item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
56caf160 | 3773 | @findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
25822942 | 3774 | Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not |
c906108c SS |
3775 | defined, no conversion will be done. |
3776 | ||
c2c6d25f | 3777 | @item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT |
56caf160 | 3778 | @findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT |
25822942 | 3779 | Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally |
c2c6d25f JM |
3780 | steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and |
3781 | re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are | |
3782 | hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy | |
56caf160 | 3783 | doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's |
c2c6d25f JM |
3784 | state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This |
3785 | macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot | |
3786 | of a branch or jump. | |
3787 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3788 | @item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc}) |
3789 | @findex SKIP_PROLOGUE | |
b83266a0 SS |
3790 | A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the |
3791 | function entry prologue found at @var{pc}. | |
c906108c | 3792 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3793 | @item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc}) |
3794 | @findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE | |
c906108c SS |
3795 | If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and |
3796 | the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC | |
3797 | that is at the start of the real function. | |
3798 | ||
3799 | @item SP_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3800 | @findex SP_REGNUM |
cce74817 | 3801 | If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be |
6c0e89ed AC |
3802 | the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if |
3803 | there is no such register. | |
c906108c SS |
3804 | |
3805 | @item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 3806 | @findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM |
c906108c | 3807 | Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r' |
25822942 | 3808 | declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be |
c906108c SS |
3809 | done. |
3810 | ||
f27dd7fd AC |
3811 | @item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr}) |
3812 | @anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN} | |
3813 | @findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN | |
790eb8f5 AC |
3814 | Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment |
3815 | requirements for the processor's stack. | |
3816 | ||
3817 | Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr} | |
3818 | upwards. | |
3819 | ||
3820 | By default, no stack alignment is performed. | |
c906108c | 3821 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3822 | @item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr}) |
3823 | @findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY | |
c906108c SS |
3824 | Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a |
3825 | delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay | |
25822942 | 3826 | slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming |
c906108c SS |
3827 | normally. Currently only defined for the Mips. |
3828 | ||
ebba8386 | 3829 | @item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf}) |
56caf160 | 3830 | @findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE |
ebba8386 AC |
3831 | A C expression that writes the function return value, found in |
3832 | @var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the | |
3833 | value that is to be returned. | |
c906108c SS |
3834 | |
3835 | @item SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG | |
56caf160 | 3836 | @findex SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG |
c906108c SS |
3837 | (Used only for Sun-3 and Sun-4 targets.) |
3838 | ||
3839 | @item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT | |
56caf160 EZ |
3840 | @findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT |
3841 | The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in | |
c906108c SS |
3842 | current sources.) |
3843 | ||
c906108c | 3844 | @item TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
56caf160 | 3845 | @findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3846 | Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8. |
3847 | ||
c3d3ce5b JB |
3848 | @item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED |
3849 | @findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED | |
3850 | Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if | |
3851 | it should be unsigned. | |
3852 | ||
3853 | The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as | |
3854 | equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any | |
3855 | character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive. | |
3856 | Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned | |
3857 | on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets. | |
3858 | ||
c906108c | 3859 | @item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT |
56caf160 | 3860 | @findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3861 | Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}. |
3862 | ||
ac9a91a7 JM |
3863 | At present this macro is not used. |
3864 | ||
c906108c | 3865 | @item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT |
56caf160 | 3866 | @findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3867 | Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3868 | ||
3869 | @item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3870 | @findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3871 | Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}. |
3872 | ||
ac9a91a7 JM |
3873 | At present this macro is not used. |
3874 | ||
c906108c | 3875 | @item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT |
56caf160 | 3876 | @findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3877 | Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3878 | ||
3879 | @item TARGET_INT_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3880 | @findex TARGET_INT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3881 | Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3882 | ||
3883 | @item TARGET_LONG_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3884 | @findex TARGET_LONG_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3885 | Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3886 | ||
3887 | @item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3888 | @findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3889 | Number of bits in a long double float; |
3890 | defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}. | |
3891 | ||
3892 | @item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3893 | @findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3894 | Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}. |
3895 | ||
3896 | @item TARGET_PTR_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3897 | @findex TARGET_PTR_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3898 | Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}. |
3899 | ||
3900 | @item TARGET_SHORT_BIT | |
56caf160 | 3901 | @findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT |
c906108c SS |
3902 | Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}. |
3903 | ||
3904 | @item TARGET_READ_PC | |
56caf160 EZ |
3905 | @findex TARGET_READ_PC |
3906 | @itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid}) | |
3907 | @findex TARGET_WRITE_PC | |
3908 | @itemx TARGET_READ_SP | |
3909 | @findex TARGET_READ_SP | |
56caf160 EZ |
3910 | @itemx TARGET_READ_FP |
3911 | @findex TARGET_READ_FP | |
56caf160 EZ |
3912 | @findex read_pc |
3913 | @findex write_pc | |
3914 | @findex read_sp | |
56caf160 | 3915 | @findex read_fp |
a9e5fdc2 AC |
3916 | @anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc}, |
3917 | @code{write_pc}, @code{read_sp} and @code{deprecated_read_fp}. For most | |
3918 | targets, these may be left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read | |
3919 | and write register functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument. | |
c906108c SS |
3920 | |
3921 | These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a | |
3922 | hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part | |
3923 | in an ordinary register. | |
3924 | ||
a9e5fdc2 AC |
3925 | @xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}. |
3926 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3927 | @item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp}) |
3928 | @findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER | |
0ba6dca9 AC |
3929 | Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame |
3930 | pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers | |
3931 | are not used, a default definition simply returns | |
3932 | @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero. | |
c906108c | 3933 | |
9742079a EZ |
3934 | @item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS |
3935 | If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted | |
3936 | watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and | |
3937 | other related macros. | |
3938 | ||
7ccaa899 EZ |
3939 | @item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info}) |
3940 | @findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN | |
3941 | This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly | |
3942 | instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in | |
3943 | debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If | |
3944 | a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an | |
d7a27068 AC |
3945 | accessor function for the global pointer |
3946 | @code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in | |
3947 | the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). | |
3948 | @var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in | |
3949 | @file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction | |
3950 | decoding routine. | |
7ccaa899 | 3951 | |
6314f104 AC |
3952 | @item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame}) |
3953 | @findex unwind_dummy_id | |
3954 | @anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct | |
3955 | frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy | |
b24da7d0 AC |
3956 | frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value |
3957 | previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}. | |
3958 | @xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}. | |
6314f104 | 3959 | |
56caf160 EZ |
3960 | @item USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type}) |
3961 | @findex USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION | |
c906108c SS |
3962 | If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the |
3963 | given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space | |
3964 | allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function | |
3965 | being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful | |
3966 | for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than | |
3967 | other compilers. | |
3968 | ||
13d01224 AC |
3969 | @item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to}) |
3970 | @findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER | |
3971 | Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register | |
3972 | @var{regnum}'s. | |
3973 | @xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}. | |
3974 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3975 | @item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p}) |
3976 | @findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK | |
c906108c SS |
3977 | For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable |
3978 | declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be | |
3979 | nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the | |
25822942 | 3980 | @code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the |
c906108c SS |
3981 | presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the |
3982 | @code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0. | |
3983 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
3984 | @item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p}) |
3985 | @findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK | |
c906108c | 3986 | Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1. |
c906108c SS |
3987 | @end table |
3988 | ||
3989 | Motorola M68K target conditionals. | |
3990 | ||
56caf160 | 3991 | @ftable @code |
c906108c SS |
3992 | @item BPT_VECTOR |
3993 | Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If | |
3994 | not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}. | |
3995 | ||
3996 | @item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR | |
3997 | Defaults to @code{1}. | |
a23a7bf1 JB |
3998 | |
3999 | @item NAME_OF_MALLOC | |
4000 | @findex NAME_OF_MALLOC | |
4001 | A string containing the name of the function to call in order to | |
4002 | allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc". | |
4003 | ||
56caf160 | 4004 | @end ftable |
c906108c SS |
4005 | |
4006 | @section Adding a New Target | |
4007 | ||
56caf160 | 4008 | @cindex adding a target |
af6c57ea | 4009 | The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}: |
c906108c SS |
4010 | |
4011 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 4012 | @vindex TDEPFILES |
c906108c SS |
4013 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt |
4014 | Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what | |
4015 | object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining | |
104c1213 JM |
4016 | @samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies |
4017 | the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE= | |
4018 | tm-@var{ttt}.h}. | |
4019 | ||
4020 | You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS}, | |
4021 | but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in | |
25822942 | 4022 | future versions of @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c | 4023 | |
c906108c SS |
4024 | @item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c |
4025 | Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On | |
4026 | some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in | |
4027 | @file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented | |
4028 | as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the | |
4029 | function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand | |
4030 | and debug. | |
4031 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
4032 | @item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c |
4033 | @itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h | |
4034 | This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's | |
4035 | processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by | |
4036 | @file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use | |
4037 | the same processor. | |
4038 | ||
4039 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h | |
4040 | (@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains | |
4041 | macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame | |
4042 | format and instructions. | |
4043 | ||
4044 | New targets do not need this file and should not create it. | |
4045 | ||
c906108c SS |
4046 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h |
4047 | This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's | |
56caf160 | 4048 | processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by |
c906108c SS |
4049 | @file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the |
4050 | same processor. | |
4051 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
4052 | New targets do not need this file and should not create it. |
4053 | ||
c906108c SS |
4054 | @end table |
4055 | ||
4056 | If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a | |
4057 | @file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system | |
4058 | facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint | |
56caf160 | 4059 | instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h} |
c906108c SS |
4060 | that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and |
4061 | @file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}. | |
4062 | ||
4063 | ||
3352e23e AC |
4064 | @section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch |
4065 | @cindex converting targets to multi-arch | |
4066 | ||
4067 | This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting | |
4068 | an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework. | |
4069 | ||
4070 | The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a | |
4071 | sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for | |
4072 | instance: | |
4073 | ||
4074 | @itemize @bullet | |
4075 | ||
4076 | @item | |
4077 | Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does | |
4078 | not change the behavior of any of the functions). | |
4079 | ||
4080 | @item | |
4081 | Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g., | |
4082 | @code{FRAME_INFO}). | |
4083 | ||
4084 | @item | |
4085 | Enable multi-arch level one. | |
4086 | ||
4087 | @item | |
4088 | Delete one or more files. | |
4089 | ||
4090 | @end itemize | |
4091 | ||
4092 | @noindent | |
4093 | There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly | |
4094 | encouraged to keep the patch size down. | |
4095 | ||
4096 | Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested | |
4097 | and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly} | |
4098 | obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the | |
4099 | @file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the | |
4100 | process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is | |
4101 | expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as | |
4102 | needed. | |
4103 | ||
4104 | @subsection Preparation | |
4105 | ||
4106 | The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror} | |
4107 | enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which | |
4108 | the debugger can be compared. | |
4109 | ||
4110 | At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling | |
4111 | with @option{-Werror}. | |
4112 | ||
4113 | @subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code | |
4114 | ||
4115 | The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch | |
4116 | framework. It involves | |
4117 | ||
4118 | @itemize @bullet | |
4119 | ||
4120 | @item | |
4121 | The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The | |
4122 | above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN} | |
4123 | has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates | |
4124 | the architecture: | |
4125 | @smallexample | |
4126 | static struct gdbarch * | |
4127 | d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches) | |
4128 | struct gdbarch_info info; | |
4129 | struct gdbarch_list *arches; | |
4130 | @{ | |
4131 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | |
4132 | /* there is only one d10v architecture */ | |
4133 | if (arches != NULL) | |
4134 | return arches->gdbarch; | |
4135 | gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL); | |
4136 | return gdbarch; | |
4137 | @} | |
4138 | @end smallexample | |
4139 | @noindent | |
4140 | @emph{} | |
4141 | ||
4142 | @item | |
4143 | A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific | |
4144 | information: | |
4145 | @smallexample | |
4146 | static void | |
4147 | mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch, | |
4148 | struct ui_file *file) | |
4149 | @{ | |
4150 | @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{} | |
4151 | @} | |
4152 | @end smallexample | |
4153 | ||
4154 | @item | |
4155 | A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new | |
4156 | architecture: | |
4157 | @smallexample | |
4158 | void | |
4159 | _initialize_mips_tdep (void) | |
4160 | @{ | |
4161 | gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init, | |
4162 | mips_dump_tdep); | |
4163 | @end smallexample | |
4164 | ||
4165 | @item | |
4166 | Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@* | |
4167 | @file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}. | |
4168 | ||
4169 | @end itemize | |
4170 | ||
4171 | @subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms | |
4172 | ||
4173 | Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include: | |
4174 | ||
4175 | @table @code | |
3352e23e | 4176 | @item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS |
f30ee0bc | 4177 | Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} |
3352e23e AC |
4178 | @end table |
4179 | ||
4180 | @noindent | |
4181 | At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into | |
4182 | functions. | |
4183 | ||
4184 | @subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one | |
4185 | ||
4186 | Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL} | |
4187 | and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be | |
4188 | committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with | |
4189 | an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be | |
4190 | provided. | |
4191 | ||
4192 | Fix any build problems (patch(es)). | |
4193 | ||
4194 | Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into | |
4195 | functions (patch(es)). | |
4196 | ||
4197 | Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing | |
4198 | architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if | |
4199 | !GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)). | |
4200 | ||
4201 | @subsection Set multi-arch level one | |
4202 | ||
4203 | Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a | |
4204 | single patch). | |
4205 | ||
4206 | Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed | |
4207 | already. | |
4208 | ||
4209 | @subsection Convert remaining macros | |
4210 | ||
4211 | Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding | |
4212 | architecture method) in small batches. | |
4213 | ||
4214 | @subsection Set multi-arch level to two | |
4215 | ||
4216 | This should go smoothly. | |
4217 | ||
4218 | @subsection Delete the TM file | |
4219 | ||
4220 | The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and | |
4221 | @file{configure.in} updated. | |
4222 | ||
4223 | ||
c906108c SS |
4224 | @node Target Vector Definition |
4225 | ||
4226 | @chapter Target Vector Definition | |
56caf160 | 4227 | @cindex target vector |
c906108c | 4228 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4229 | The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s |
4230 | abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that | |
4231 | actually exercises control over a process or a serial port. | |
4232 | @value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however, | |
4233 | each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them. | |
c906108c SS |
4234 | |
4235 | @section File Targets | |
4236 | ||
4237 | Both executables and core files have target vectors. | |
4238 | ||
4239 | @section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs | |
4240 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
4241 | @value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code |
4242 | that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample | |
4243 | @dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating | |
4244 | systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}. | |
c906108c | 4245 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4246 | The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into |
4247 | your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the | |
4248 | SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple | |
4249 | program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub. | |
c906108c SS |
4250 | |
4251 | The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to | |
56caf160 | 4252 | @code{trap_low}: |
c906108c SS |
4253 | |
4254 | @enumerate | |
56caf160 EZ |
4255 | @item |
4256 | %l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap; | |
c906108c | 4257 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4258 | @item |
4259 | traps are disabled; | |
c906108c | 4260 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4261 | @item |
4262 | you are in the correct trap window. | |
c906108c SS |
4263 | @end enumerate |
4264 | ||
4265 | As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there | |
56caf160 | 4266 | is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub. |
c906108c SS |
4267 | The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the |
4268 | hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()}, | |
4269 | which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could | |
56caf160 | 4270 | set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub |
c906108c SS |
4271 | first, and then transfers to its own trap handler. |
4272 | ||
4273 | For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with | |
56caf160 | 4274 | ``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel, |
c906108c SS |
4275 | and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all |
4276 | controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important | |
4277 | trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or | |
4278 | do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation | |
4279 | of the debugger/stub. | |
4280 | ||
4281 | From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work. | |
25822942 | 4282 | They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
4283 | |
4284 | @section ROM Monitor Interface | |
4285 | ||
4286 | @section Custom Protocols | |
4287 | ||
4288 | @section Transport Layer | |
4289 | ||
4290 | @section Builtin Simulator | |
4291 | ||
4292 | ||
4293 | @node Native Debugging | |
4294 | ||
4295 | @chapter Native Debugging | |
56caf160 | 4296 | @cindex native debugging |
c906108c | 4297 | |
25822942 | 4298 | Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support: |
c906108c SS |
4299 | |
4300 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 4301 | @vindex NATDEPFILES |
c906108c | 4302 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh |
7fd60527 | 4303 | Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on |
c906108c SS |
4304 | machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required |
4305 | native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}. | |
4306 | Also specifies the header file which describes native support on | |
4307 | @var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also | |
4308 | define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS}, | |
4309 | @samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}. | |
4310 | ||
7fd60527 AC |
4311 | @emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file |
4312 | originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN} | |
4313 | on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this | |
937f164b | 4314 | purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will |
7fd60527 AC |
4315 | eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn} |
4316 | suffix.} | |
4317 | ||
c906108c | 4318 | @item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h |
56caf160 | 4319 | (@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C |
c906108c SS |
4320 | macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as |
4321 | child process control and core file support. | |
4322 | ||
4323 | @item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c | |
4324 | Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of | |
4325 | this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all. | |
c906108c SS |
4326 | @end table |
4327 | ||
4328 | There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by | |
4329 | various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros | |
4330 | defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for | |
4331 | the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with | |
4332 | @samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}. | |
4333 | ||
4334 | Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need | |
4335 | to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file. | |
56caf160 | 4336 | Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o} |
c906108c SS |
4337 | into @code{NATDEPFILES}. |
4338 | ||
4339 | @table @file | |
c906108c SS |
4340 | @item inftarg.c |
4341 | This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child | |
4342 | processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child. | |
4343 | ||
4344 | @item procfs.c | |
4345 | This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child | |
4346 | processes on systems which use /proc to control the child. | |
4347 | ||
4348 | @item fork-child.c | |
56caf160 EZ |
4349 | This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork |
4350 | and exec'' to start up a child process. | |
c906108c SS |
4351 | |
4352 | @item infptrace.c | |
4353 | This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using | |
4354 | the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way. | |
c906108c SS |
4355 | @end table |
4356 | ||
4357 | @section Native core file Support | |
56caf160 | 4358 | @cindex native core files |
c906108c SS |
4359 | |
4360 | @table @file | |
56caf160 | 4361 | @findex fetch_core_registers |
c906108c SS |
4362 | @item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers() |
4363 | Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls | |
4364 | @code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core | |
4365 | files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should | |
4366 | just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or | |
4367 | @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}). | |
4368 | ||
4369 | @item core-aout.c::register_addr() | |
4370 | If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro | |
4371 | @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to | |
25822942 | 4372 | set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
4373 | register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the |
4374 | ``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined, | |
4375 | @file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and | |
4376 | use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but | |
4377 | you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need | |
4378 | to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your | |
4379 | @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in | |
4380 | the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own | |
4381 | @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate | |
4382 | @code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()} | |
4383 | implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill | |
c906108c SS |
4384 | @end table |
4385 | ||
25822942 | 4386 | When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it |
c906108c SS |
4387 | possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific |
4388 | code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize | |
4389 | @file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your | |
4390 | machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible | |
4391 | (possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than | |
4392 | @file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header | |
56caf160 EZ |
4393 | exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then |
4394 | modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the | |
c906108c SS |
4395 | section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other |
4396 | segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control | |
4397 | information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous | |
4398 | sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This | |
4399 | section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a | |
4400 | standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek | |
4401 | around in. | |
4402 | ||
25822942 | 4403 | Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called |
56caf160 | 4404 | @code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in |
c906108c SS |
4405 | @file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file. |
4406 | It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment, | |
4407 | its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2'' | |
4408 | segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied | |
25822942 | 4409 | register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array. |
c906108c SS |
4410 | |
4411 | If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF | |
4412 | format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for | |
4413 | reading the registers out of processes and out of core files. | |
4414 | ||
4415 | @section ptrace | |
4416 | ||
4417 | @section /proc | |
4418 | ||
4419 | @section win32 | |
4420 | ||
4421 | @section shared libraries | |
4422 | ||
4423 | @section Native Conditionals | |
56caf160 | 4424 | @cindex native conditionals |
c906108c | 4425 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4426 | When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are |
4427 | defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and | |
4428 | target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left | |
4429 | undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}. | |
c906108c SS |
4430 | |
4431 | @table @code | |
c906108c | 4432 | @item ATTACH_DETACH |
56caf160 | 4433 | @findex ATTACH_DETACH |
25822942 | 4434 | If defined, then @value{GDBN} will include support for the @code{attach} and |
c906108c SS |
4435 | @code{detach} commands. |
4436 | ||
4437 | @item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE | |
56caf160 | 4438 | @findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE |
c906108c SS |
4439 | If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then |
4440 | define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails | |
4441 | a read from the child. | |
4442 | ||
4443 | [Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files | |
4444 | currently.] | |
4445 | ||
4446 | @item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS | |
56caf160 | 4447 | @findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS |
c906108c SS |
4448 | Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines |
4449 | @code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in | |
56caf160 | 4450 | @file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and |
c906108c SS |
4451 | @file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default |
4452 | routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions. | |
4453 | ||
4454 | @item FILES_INFO_HOOK | |
56caf160 | 4455 | @findex FILES_INFO_HOOK |
c906108c SS |
4456 | (Only defined for Convex.) |
4457 | ||
4458 | @item FP0_REGNUM | |
56caf160 | 4459 | @findex FP0_REGNUM |
c906108c SS |
4460 | This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating |
4461 | point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would | |
56caf160 | 4462 | appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this |
c906108c SS |
4463 | to decide whether floats are in use on this target. |
4464 | ||
4465 | @item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET | |
56caf160 | 4466 | @findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET |
c906108c SS |
4467 | For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the |
4468 | DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since | |
56caf160 | 4469 | @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it. |
c906108c | 4470 | |
56caf160 | 4471 | This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to, |
c906108c | 4472 | assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a |
56caf160 | 4473 | @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this |
c906108c SS |
4474 | pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed. |
4475 | ||
9742079a EZ |
4476 | @item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS |
4477 | An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint | |
4478 | support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}. | |
4479 | ||
c906108c | 4480 | @item KERNEL_U_ADDR |
56caf160 | 4481 | @findex KERNEL_U_ADDR |
c906108c | 4482 | Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user |
25822942 | 4483 | struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN} |
c906108c SS |
4484 | needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute |
4485 | addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files. | |
4486 | On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero. | |
4487 | ||
4488 | @item KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD | |
56caf160 | 4489 | @findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD |
25822942 | 4490 | Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at |
c906108c SS |
4491 | runtime, by using Berkeley-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in |
4492 | the root directory. | |
4493 | ||
4494 | @item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX | |
56caf160 | 4495 | @findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX |
25822942 | 4496 | Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at |
c906108c SS |
4497 | runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the |
4498 | root directory. | |
4499 | ||
4500 | @item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT | |
56caf160 | 4501 | @findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT |
c906108c SS |
4502 | Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the |
4503 | user that another process may be running with the same executable. | |
4504 | ||
4505 | @item PROC_NAME_FMT | |
56caf160 | 4506 | @findex PROC_NAME_FMT |
c906108c SS |
4507 | Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be |
4508 | defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default | |
4509 | definition in @file{procfs.c}. | |
4510 | ||
4511 | @item PTRACE_FP_BUG | |
56caf160 EZ |
4512 | @findex PTRACE_FP_BUG |
4513 | See @file{mach386-xdep.c}. | |
c906108c SS |
4514 | |
4515 | @item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE | |
56caf160 | 4516 | @findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE |
c906108c SS |
4517 | The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it |
4518 | exists and is different from @code{int}. | |
4519 | ||
4520 | @item REGISTER_U_ADDR | |
56caf160 | 4521 | @findex REGISTER_U_ADDR |
c906108c SS |
4522 | Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''. |
4523 | ||
4524 | @item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT | |
56caf160 | 4525 | @findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT |
c906108c SS |
4526 | If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the |
4527 | inferior. | |
4528 | ||
4529 | @item SHELL_FILE | |
56caf160 | 4530 | @findex SHELL_FILE |
c906108c SS |
4531 | If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior. |
4532 | Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}. | |
4533 | ||
990f9fe3 | 4534 | @item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms}) |
56caf160 | 4535 | @findex SOLIB_ADD |
c906108c | 4536 | Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in |
990f9fe3 FF |
4537 | @var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If |
4538 | @var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level | |
4539 | processing for @var{filename} is still done. | |
c906108c SS |
4540 | |
4541 | @item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK | |
56caf160 | 4542 | @findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK |
c906108c SS |
4543 | Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you |
4544 | want to be run just after the child process has been forked. | |
4545 | ||
4546 | @item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED | |
56caf160 EZ |
4547 | @findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED |
4548 | When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap | |
4549 | twice; once when | |
c906108c SS |
4550 | the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual |
4551 | number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to | |
4552 | expand into the number expected. | |
4553 | ||
4554 | @item SVR4_SHARED_LIBS | |
56caf160 | 4555 | @findex SVR4_SHARED_LIBS |
c906108c SS |
4556 | Define this to indicate that SVR4-style shared libraries are in use. |
4557 | ||
4558 | @item USE_PROC_FS | |
56caf160 | 4559 | @findex USE_PROC_FS |
c906108c | 4560 | This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which |
56caf160 EZ |
4561 | translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal |
4562 | representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled. | |
c906108c SS |
4563 | |
4564 | @item U_REGS_OFFSET | |
56caf160 | 4565 | @findex U_REGS_OFFSET |
c906108c SS |
4566 | This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be |
4567 | defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in | |
4568 | @file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is | |
4569 | configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If | |
4570 | the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it | |
4571 | undefined. | |
4572 | ||
4573 | The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of | |
4574 | the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means | |
56caf160 | 4575 | that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers. |
c906108c SS |
4576 | |
4577 | @item CLEAR_SOLIB | |
56caf160 EZ |
4578 | @findex CLEAR_SOLIB |
4579 | See @file{objfiles.c}. | |
c906108c SS |
4580 | |
4581 | @item DEBUG_PTRACE | |
56caf160 EZ |
4582 | @findex DEBUG_PTRACE |
4583 | Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls. | |
c906108c SS |
4584 | @end table |
4585 | ||
4586 | ||
4587 | @node Support Libraries | |
4588 | ||
4589 | @chapter Support Libraries | |
4590 | ||
4591 | @section BFD | |
56caf160 | 4592 | @cindex BFD library |
c906108c | 4593 | |
25822942 | 4594 | BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways: |
c906108c SS |
4595 | |
4596 | @table @emph | |
c906108c SS |
4597 | @item identifying executable and core files |
4598 | BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and | |
4599 | several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files. | |
4600 | ||
4601 | @item access to sections of files | |
4602 | BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses, | |
4603 | sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files | |
56caf160 EZ |
4604 | (such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply |
4605 | calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for | |
4606 | length @var{z}. | |
c906108c SS |
4607 | |
4608 | @item specialized core file support | |
4609 | BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a | |
4610 | core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core | |
56caf160 | 4611 | file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable |
c906108c SS |
4612 | file. |
4613 | ||
4614 | @item locating the symbol information | |
25822942 DB |
4615 | @value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the |
4616 | symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself | |
c906108c | 4617 | handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug |
25822942 | 4618 | symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols, |
c906108c | 4619 | string table, etc. |
c906108c SS |
4620 | @end table |
4621 | ||
4622 | @section opcodes | |
56caf160 | 4623 | @cindex opcodes library |
c906108c | 4624 | |
25822942 | 4625 | The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate |
c906108c SS |
4626 | library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}). |
4627 | ||
4628 | @section readline | |
4629 | ||
4630 | @section mmalloc | |
4631 | ||
4632 | @section libiberty | |
4633 | ||
4634 | @section gnu-regex | |
56caf160 | 4635 | @cindex regular expressions library |
c906108c SS |
4636 | |
4637 | Regex conditionals. | |
4638 | ||
4639 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
4640 | @item C_ALLOCA |
4641 | ||
4642 | @item NFAILURES | |
4643 | ||
4644 | @item RE_NREGS | |
4645 | ||
4646 | @item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR | |
4647 | ||
4648 | @item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG | |
4649 | ||
4650 | @item SYNTAX_TABLE | |
4651 | ||
4652 | @item Sword | |
4653 | ||
4654 | @item sparc | |
c906108c SS |
4655 | @end table |
4656 | ||
4657 | @section include | |
4658 | ||
4659 | @node Coding | |
4660 | ||
4661 | @chapter Coding | |
4662 | ||
4663 | This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major | |
25822942 | 4664 | algorithms of @value{GDBN}. |
c906108c SS |
4665 | |
4666 | @section Cleanups | |
56caf160 | 4667 | @cindex cleanups |
c906108c SS |
4668 | |
4669 | Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done | |
cc1cb004 | 4670 | later. |
c906108c | 4671 | |
cc1cb004 AC |
4672 | When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or |
4673 | @code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree} | |
4674 | the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The | |
4675 | cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished | |
4676 | and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack | |
4677 | is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform | |
4678 | cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you | |
4679 | created. | |
c906108c SS |
4680 | |
4681 | Syntax: | |
4682 | ||
4683 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
4684 | @item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain}; |
4685 | Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle. | |
4686 | ||
56caf160 | 4687 | @findex make_cleanup |
c906108c SS |
4688 | @item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg}); |
4689 | Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with | |
4690 | @var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a | |
cc1cb004 AC |
4691 | handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or |
4692 | @code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call | |
4693 | @code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result | |
4694 | from @code{make_cleanup}. | |
c906108c | 4695 | |
56caf160 | 4696 | @findex do_cleanups |
c906108c | 4697 | @item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain}); |
cc1cb004 AC |
4698 | Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding |
4699 | @code{make_cleanup} call was made. | |
4700 | ||
4701 | @findex discard_cleanups | |
4702 | @item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain}); | |
4703 | Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from | |
4704 | the chain and does not call the specified functions. | |
4705 | @end table | |
4706 | ||
4707 | Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by | |
4708 | @code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any | |
4709 | later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or | |
4710 | performed). E.g.: | |
56caf160 | 4711 | |
474c8240 | 4712 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 4713 | make_cleanup (a, 0); |
cc1cb004 AC |
4714 | @{ |
4715 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0); | |
4716 | make_cleanup (c, 0) | |
4717 | ... | |
4718 | do_cleanups (old); | |
4719 | @} | |
474c8240 | 4720 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 4721 | |
c906108c | 4722 | @noindent |
cc1cb004 AC |
4723 | will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The |
4724 | cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will | |
4725 | be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill | |
4726 | ||
4727 | Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates. | |
4728 | Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller | |
4729 | will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads | |
4730 | to two common cleanup styles. | |
4731 | ||
4732 | The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls | |
4733 | @code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your | |
4734 | code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following | |
4735 | code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is | |
4736 | called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the | |
4737 | @code{xfree} will always be called: | |
c906108c | 4738 | |
474c8240 | 4739 | @smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4740 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); |
4741 | data = xmalloc (sizeof blah); | |
4742 | make_cleanup (xfree, data); | |
4743 | ... blah blah ... | |
4744 | do_cleanups (old); | |
474c8240 | 4745 | @end smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4746 | |
4747 | The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls | |
4748 | @code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that | |
4749 | any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following | |
4750 | code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is | |
4751 | an error: | |
4752 | ||
474c8240 | 4753 | @smallexample |
cc1cb004 AC |
4754 | FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r"); |
4755 | struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file); | |
4756 | ... blah blah ... | |
4757 | discard_cleanups (old); | |
4758 | return file; | |
474c8240 | 4759 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
4760 | |
4761 | Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify | |
4762 | that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This | |
4763 | means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or | |
4764 | interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these | |
4765 | functions, since they might never return to your code (they | |
4766 | @samp{longjmp} instead). | |
4767 | ||
ba8c9337 AC |
4768 | @section Per-architecture module data |
4769 | @cindex per-architecture module data | |
4770 | @cindex multi-arch data | |
4771 | @cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module | |
4772 | ||
4773 | The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module specific | |
4774 | per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch} architecture | |
4775 | object. | |
4776 | ||
4777 | A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using the | |
4778 | function @code{register_gdbarch_data}: | |
4779 | ||
4780 | @deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *register_gdbarch_data (gdbarch_data_init_ftype *@var{init}, gdbarch_data_free_ftype *@var{free}) | |
4781 | ||
4782 | The @var{init} function is used to obtain an initial value for a | |
4783 | per-architecture data-pointer. The function is called, after the | |
4784 | architecture has been created, when the data-pointer is still | |
4785 | uninitialized (@code{NULL}) and its value has been requested via a call | |
4786 | to @code{gdbarch_data}. A data-pointer can also be initialize | |
4787 | explicitly using @code{set_gdbarch_data}. | |
4788 | ||
4789 | The @var{free} function is called when a data-pointer needs to be | |
4790 | destroyed. This occurs when either the corresponding @code{struct | |
4791 | gdbarch} object is being destroyed or when @code{set_gdbarch_data} is | |
4792 | overriding a non-@code{NULL} data-pointer value. | |
4793 | ||
4794 | The function @code{register_gdbarch_data} returns a @code{struct | |
4795 | gdbarch_data} that is used to identify the data-pointer that was added | |
4796 | to the module. | |
4797 | ||
4798 | @end deftypefun | |
4799 | ||
4800 | A typical module has @code{init} and @code{free} functions of the form: | |
4801 | ||
4802 | @smallexample | |
4803 | static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle; | |
4804 | static void * | |
4805 | nozel_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | |
4806 | @{ | |
4807 | struct nozel *data = XMALLOC (struct nozel); | |
4808 | @dots{} | |
4809 | return data; | |
4810 | @} | |
4811 | @dots{} | |
4812 | static void | |
4813 | nozel_free (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *data) | |
4814 | @{ | |
4815 | xfree (data); | |
4816 | @} | |
4817 | @end smallexample | |
4818 | ||
4819 | Since uninitialized (@code{NULL}) data-pointers are initialized | |
4820 | on-demand, an @code{init} function is free to call other modules that | |
4821 | use data-pointers. Those modules data-pointers will be initialized as | |
4822 | needed. Care should be taken to ensure that the @code{init} call graph | |
4823 | does not contain cycles. | |
4824 | ||
4825 | The data-pointer is registered with the call: | |
4826 | ||
4827 | @smallexample | |
4828 | void | |
4829 | _initialize_nozel (void) | |
4830 | @{ | |
4831 | nozel_handle = register_gdbarch_data (nozel_init, nozel_free); | |
4832 | @dots{} | |
4833 | @end smallexample | |
4834 | ||
4835 | The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function: | |
4836 | ||
4837 | @deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle}) | |
4838 | Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle | |
4839 | @var{data_handle} (returned by @code{register_gdbarch_data}, this | |
4840 | function returns the current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. | |
4841 | @end deftypefun | |
4842 | ||
4843 | The non-@code{NULL} data-pointer returned by @code{gdbarch_data} should | |
4844 | be saved in a local variable and then used directly: | |
4845 | ||
4846 | @smallexample | |
4847 | int | |
4848 | nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | |
4849 | @{ | |
4850 | int total; | |
4851 | struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle); | |
4852 | @dots{} | |
4853 | return total; | |
4854 | @} | |
4855 | @end smallexample | |
4856 | ||
4857 | It is also possible to directly initialize the data-pointer using: | |
4858 | ||
4859 | @deftypefun void set_gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *handle, void *@var{pointer}) | |
4860 | Update the data-pointer corresponding to @var{handle} with the value of | |
4861 | @var{pointer}. If the previous data-pointer value is non-NULL, then it | |
4862 | is freed using data-pointers @var{free} function. | |
4863 | @end deftypefun | |
4864 | ||
4865 | This function is used by modules that require a mechanism for explicitly | |
4866 | setting the per-architecture data-pointer during architecture creation: | |
4867 | ||
4868 | @smallexample | |
4869 | /* Called during architecture creation. */ | |
4870 | extern void | |
4871 | set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, | |
4872 | int total) | |
4873 | @{ | |
4874 | struct nozel *data = XMALLOC (struct nozel); | |
4875 | @dots{} | |
4876 | set_gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle, nozel); | |
4877 | @} | |
4878 | @end smallexample | |
4879 | ||
4880 | @smallexample | |
4881 | /* Default, called when nozel not set by set_gdbarch_nozel(). */ | |
4882 | static void * | |
4883 | nozel_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch) | |
4884 | @{ | |
4885 | struct nozel *default_nozel = XMALLOC (struc nozel); | |
4886 | @dots{} | |
4887 | return default_nozel; | |
4888 | @} | |
4889 | @end smallexample | |
4890 | ||
4891 | @smallexample | |
4892 | void | |
4893 | _initialize_nozel (void) | |
4894 | @{ | |
4895 | nozel_handle = register_gdbarch_data (nozel_init, NULL); | |
4896 | @dots{} | |
4897 | @end smallexample | |
4898 | ||
4899 | @noindent | |
4900 | Note that an @code{init} function still needs to be registered. It is | |
4901 | used to initialize the data-pointer when the architecture creation phase | |
4902 | fail to set an initial value. | |
4903 | ||
4904 | ||
c906108c | 4905 | @section Wrapping Output Lines |
56caf160 | 4906 | @cindex line wrap in output |
c906108c | 4907 | |
56caf160 | 4908 | @findex wrap_here |
c906108c SS |
4909 | Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered} |
4910 | or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here} | |
4911 | added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility | |
4912 | routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is | |
4913 | exceeded. | |
4914 | ||
4915 | The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is | |
4916 | printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved | |
4917 | away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to | |
4918 | @code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the | |
4919 | @code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then | |
4920 | return! | |
4921 | ||
56caf160 | 4922 | It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or |
c906108c SS |
4923 | space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your |
4924 | indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if | |
4925 | the line wraps there. | |
4926 | ||
4927 | Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must | |
4928 | finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching | |
56caf160 | 4929 | to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that |
c906108c SS |
4930 | print warnings are a good example. |
4931 | ||
25822942 | 4932 | @section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards |
56caf160 | 4933 | @cindex coding standards |
c906108c | 4934 | |
25822942 | 4935 | @value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in |
c906108c | 4936 | @file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous |
af6c57ea AC |
4937 | FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation |
4938 | of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice | |
4939 | but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it. | |
c906108c | 4940 | |
56caf160 EZ |
4941 | @value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to |
4942 | @value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections. | |
c906108c | 4943 | |
af6c57ea | 4944 | |
b9aa90c9 | 4945 | @subsection ISO C |
af6c57ea | 4946 | |
b9aa90c9 AC |
4947 | @value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant |
4948 | compiler. | |
af6c57ea | 4949 | |
b9aa90c9 | 4950 | @value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library. |
af6c57ea AC |
4951 | |
4952 | ||
4953 | @subsection Memory Management | |
4954 | ||
4955 | @value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc}, | |
4956 | @code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}. | |
4957 | ||
4958 | @value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and | |
4959 | @code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@: | |
4960 | these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead, | |
4961 | they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return | |
4962 | @code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero. | |
4963 | ||
4964 | @emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every | |
4965 | memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable | |
4966 | behavior.} | |
4967 | ||
4968 | @value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}. | |
4969 | ||
4970 | @value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the | |
4971 | memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to | |
4972 | free a @code{NULL} pointer. | |
4973 | ||
4974 | @emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a | |
4975 | @code{NULL} pointer.} | |
4976 | ||
4977 | @value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the | |
4978 | allocation of small temporary values (such as strings). | |
4979 | ||
4980 | @emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems | |
4981 | restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.} | |
4982 | ||
4983 | @value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print | |
4984 | function @code{xasprintf}. | |
4985 | ||
4986 | @emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print | |
4987 | functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow | |
4988 | errors.} | |
4989 | ||
4990 | ||
4991 | @subsection Compiler Warnings | |
56caf160 | 4992 | @cindex compiler warnings |
af6c57ea AC |
4993 | |
4994 | With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option | |
4995 | @samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}. | |
4996 | The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. | |
4997 | ||
4998 | This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled | |
4999 | with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings | |
5000 | from those flags being treated as errors. | |
5001 | ||
5002 | The current list of warning flags includes: | |
5003 | ||
5004 | @table @samp | |
5005 | @item -Wimplicit | |
5006 | Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared | |
5007 | using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that | |
5008 | prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to | |
5009 | @samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}. | |
5010 | ||
5011 | @item -Wreturn-type | |
5012 | Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures | |
5013 | that use register windows. | |
5014 | ||
5015 | @item -Wcomment | |
5016 | ||
5017 | @item -Wtrigraphs | |
5018 | ||
5019 | @item -Wformat | |
153721e6 | 5020 | @itemx -Wformat-nonliteral |
af6c57ea | 5021 | Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all |
153721e6 | 5022 | @code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls |
af6c57ea AC |
5023 | but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}. |
5024 | ||
5025 | @item -Wparentheses | |
5026 | This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an | |
5027 | @code{if} statement. | |
5028 | ||
5029 | @item -Wpointer-arith | |
5030 | ||
5031 | @item -Wuninitialized | |
5032 | @end table | |
5033 | ||
5034 | @emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most | |
5035 | functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning | |
5036 | @samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro | |
5037 | @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives --- | |
5038 | it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that | |
5039 | is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also | |
5040 | precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.} | |
5041 | ||
5042 | @emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings | |
5043 | enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings | |
5044 | when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.} | |
c906108c SS |
5045 | |
5046 | @subsection Formatting | |
5047 | ||
56caf160 | 5048 | @cindex source code formatting |
c906108c SS |
5049 | The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed |
5050 | strictly. | |
5051 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
5052 | A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A |
5053 | function definition should have its name in column zero. | |
5054 | ||
474c8240 | 5055 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5056 | /* Declaration */ |
5057 | static void foo (void); | |
5058 | /* Definition */ | |
5059 | void | |
5060 | foo (void) | |
5061 | @{ | |
5062 | @} | |
474c8240 | 5063 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5064 | |
5065 | @emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can | |
5066 | be found using @samp{^function-name}.} | |
c906108c | 5067 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5068 | There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening |
5069 | parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as | |
5070 | required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket | |
5071 | or before a close paren/bracket. | |
c906108c SS |
5072 | |
5073 | While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use | |
5074 | more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace | |
af6c57ea AC |
5075 | after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had |
5076 | whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties | |
5077 | for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities. | |
5078 | ||
5079 | Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style: | |
5080 | ||
474c8240 | 5081 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea | 5082 | void *foo; |
474c8240 | 5083 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5084 | |
5085 | @noindent | |
5086 | and not: | |
5087 | ||
474c8240 | 5088 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5089 | void * foo; |
5090 | void* foo; | |
474c8240 | 5091 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5092 | |
5093 | @subsection Comments | |
5094 | ||
56caf160 | 5095 | @cindex comment formatting |
c906108c SS |
5096 | The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly. |
5097 | ||
af6c57ea AC |
5098 | Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or |
5099 | @code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}: | |
c906108c | 5100 | |
474c8240 | 5101 | @smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5102 | /* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior |
5103 | gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of | |
5104 | returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When | |
5105 | this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left | |
25822942 | 5106 | stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */ |
474c8240 | 5107 | @end smallexample |
c906108c SS |
5108 | |
5109 | (Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line | |
56caf160 | 5110 | comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.) |
c906108c SS |
5111 | |
5112 | Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or | |
5113 | variable definitions, and the definition itself. | |
5114 | ||
5115 | In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather | |
5116 | than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a | |
5117 | line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer | |
5118 | than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow. | |
5119 | ||
5120 | @subsection C Usage | |
5121 | ||
56caf160 | 5122 | @cindex C data types |
c906108c SS |
5123 | Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the |
5124 | host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order | |
5125 | of evaluation of expressions. | |
5126 | ||
56caf160 | 5127 | @cindex function usage |
c906108c | 5128 | Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas |
56caf160 EZ |
5129 | in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function |
5130 | call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is | |
5131 | limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call). | |
c906108c SS |
5132 | |
5133 | However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions | |
5134 | are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function. | |
5135 | ||
af6c57ea | 5136 | @emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.} |
9e678452 CF |
5137 | (But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are |
5138 | protected with parentheses.) | |
af6c57ea AC |
5139 | |
5140 | @cindex types | |
c906108c | 5141 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5142 | Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to |
5143 | declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}. | |
5144 | ||
5145 | ||
5146 | @subsection Function Prototypes | |
56caf160 | 5147 | @cindex function prototypes |
af6c57ea AC |
5148 | |
5149 | Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining} | |
5150 | a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the | |
5151 | argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual | |
5152 | function definition. | |
c906108c | 5153 | |
53a5351d JM |
5154 | All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that |
5155 | callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must | |
5156 | be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be | |
5157 | visible to random source files. | |
c906108c | 5158 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5159 | Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function, |
5160 | that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file. | |
5161 | ||
5162 | ||
5163 | @subsection Internal Error Recovery | |
5164 | ||
5165 | During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors. | |
5166 | User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user | |
5167 | entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt | |
5168 | object files and system errors when interacting with the target. | |
937f164b FF |
5169 | Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at |
5170 | run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation. | |
af6c57ea AC |
5171 | |
5172 | When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses | |
5173 | @code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}. | |
5174 | ||
5175 | @value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}. | |
5176 | ||
5177 | @emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either | |
5178 | the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a | |
5179 | @code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user | |
5180 | error and issued an @code{internal_error}.} | |
5181 | ||
5182 | @subsection File Names | |
5183 | ||
5184 | Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower | |
5185 | case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3 | |
5186 | unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files. | |
5187 | ||
5188 | @emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many | |
5189 | platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file | |
5190 | is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and | |
5191 | @file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the | |
5192 | convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into | |
5193 | @file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform | |
5194 | @file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.} | |
5195 | ||
5196 | Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core | |
5197 | of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}. | |
5198 | ||
5199 | @emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.} | |
5200 | ||
5201 | When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex | |
5202 | @file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with | |
b4177fca DJ |
5203 | @file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively |
5204 | independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure}, | |
5205 | the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they | |
5206 | should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple | |
5207 | programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}. | |
af6c57ea AC |
5208 | |
5209 | For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator. | |
5210 | ||
5211 | ||
5212 | @subsection Include Files | |
5213 | ||
e2b28d04 | 5214 | A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first. |
af6c57ea | 5215 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5216 | A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every |
5217 | declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on | |
5218 | indirect inclusion. | |
af6c57ea | 5219 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5220 | A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every |
5221 | declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on | |
5222 | indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to | |
5223 | be directly included. | |
af6c57ea | 5224 | |
e2b28d04 | 5225 | An external declaration should only appear in one include file. |
af6c57ea | 5226 | |
e2b28d04 AC |
5227 | An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file. |
5228 | Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that | |
5229 | pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}. | |
5230 | ||
5231 | A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file. | |
5232 | ||
5233 | An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h} | |
5234 | files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque | |
5235 | @code{struct} declaration instead of an include. | |
5236 | ||
5237 | All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in: | |
af6c57ea | 5238 | |
474c8240 | 5239 | @smallexample |
af6c57ea AC |
5240 | #ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H |
5241 | #define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H | |
5242 | header body | |
5243 | #endif | |
474c8240 | 5244 | @end smallexample |
af6c57ea | 5245 | |
c906108c | 5246 | |
dab11f21 | 5247 | @subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation |
c906108c | 5248 | |
56caf160 | 5249 | @cindex design |
c906108c | 5250 | In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of |
25822942 | 5251 | semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long |
c906108c SS |
5252 | experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of |
5253 | trouble. | |
5254 | ||
56caf160 | 5255 | @cindex assumptions about targets |
c906108c SS |
5256 | You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target |
5257 | (including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things | |
56caf160 EZ |
5258 | must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in |
5259 | @value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h}, | |
5260 | such as @code{bfd_get_32}. | |
c906108c SS |
5261 | |
5262 | You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to | |
5263 | the target system. All references to the target must go through the | |
5264 | current @code{target_ops} vector. | |
5265 | ||
5266 | You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine | |
5267 | (except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't | |
5268 | assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the | |
5269 | host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files -- | |
5270 | written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid | |
5271 | copyright problems. | |
5272 | ||
56caf160 | 5273 | @cindex portability |
c906108c SS |
5274 | Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better |
5275 | to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various | |
5276 | systems. | |
5277 | ||
56caf160 | 5278 | @cindex system dependencies |
c906108c SS |
5279 | New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers |
5280 | or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test | |
5281 | for features. The information about which configurations contain which | |
5282 | features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience | |
5283 | has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system | |
5284 | often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some | |
5285 | predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over | |
5286 | time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently | |
5287 | with regard to this feature. | |
5288 | ||
5289 | Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems, | |
af6c57ea | 5290 | target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code. |
c906108c | 5291 | |
dab11f21 EZ |
5292 | @cindex portable file name handling |
5293 | @cindex file names, portability | |
5294 | One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to | |
5295 | creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code | |
5296 | assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with | |
5297 | a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading | |
5298 | directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not | |
5299 | necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid | |
5300 | system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file | |
5301 | name, use the following portable macros: | |
5302 | ||
5303 | @table @code | |
5304 | @findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM | |
5305 | @item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM | |
5306 | This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts | |
5307 | whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this | |
5308 | symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for | |
5309 | such hosts. | |
5310 | ||
5311 | @findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR | |
4be31470 | 5312 | @item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c}) |
dab11f21 EZ |
5313 | Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator |
5314 | character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is | |
5315 | such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will | |
5316 | pass. | |
5317 | ||
5318 | @findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH | |
5319 | @item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file}) | |
5320 | Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name. | |
5321 | For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash | |
5322 | @file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and | |
5323 | @file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names. | |
5324 | ||
5325 | @findex FILENAME_CMP | |
5326 | @item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2}) | |
5327 | Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as | |
5328 | appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems, | |
5329 | this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it | |
5330 | will call @code{strcasecmp} instead. | |
5331 | ||
5332 | @findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR | |
5333 | @item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR | |
5334 | Evaluates to a character which separates directories in | |
5335 | @code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables. | |
5336 | This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows. | |
5337 | ||
5338 | @findex SLASH_STRING | |
5339 | @item SLASH_STRING | |
5340 | This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an | |
5341 | absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename. | |
5342 | @code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be | |
5343 | @code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports. | |
5344 | @end table | |
5345 | ||
5346 | In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library | |
5347 | functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a | |
5348 | basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and | |
5349 | @code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for | |
5350 | platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash | |
5351 | with @code{strrchr}. | |
5352 | ||
25822942 DB |
5353 | Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an |
5354 | attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle | |
56caf160 EZ |
5355 | multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but |
5356 | by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as | |
c906108c SS |
5357 | well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever |
5358 | something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are | |
56caf160 EZ |
5359 | using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g., |
5360 | @code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the | |
c906108c | 5361 | current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface |
56caf160 | 5362 | is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually |
c906108c SS |
5363 | implements the new remote interface. Other examples of |
5364 | attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file | |
25822942 | 5365 | formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages. |
c906108c | 5366 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5367 | Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all |
5368 | the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of | |
5369 | @value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing | |
5370 | something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been | |
5371 | consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal | |
5372 | with variations between systems the same way any system-independent | |
5373 | file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are | |
5374 | radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all. | |
c906108c | 5375 | |
af6c57ea AC |
5376 | All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug |
5377 | @var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace | |
5378 | messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use | |
5379 | @code{#ifdef DEBUG}. | |
5380 | ||
c906108c | 5381 | |
8487521e | 5382 | @node Porting GDB |
c906108c | 5383 | |
25822942 | 5384 | @chapter Porting @value{GDBN} |
56caf160 | 5385 | @cindex porting to new machines |
c906108c | 5386 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5387 | Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in |
5388 | specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a | |
5389 | dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we | |
5390 | hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an | |
5391 | @var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration | |
5392 | name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g., | |
5393 | @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular: | |
c906108c | 5394 | |
56caf160 EZ |
5395 | @itemize @bullet |
5396 | @item | |
c906108c SS |
5397 | In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch}, |
5398 | @var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures, | |
5399 | vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add | |
5400 | @var{xyz} as an alias that maps to | |
5401 | @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by | |
5402 | running | |
5403 | ||
474c8240 | 5404 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 5405 | ./config.sub @var{xyz} |
474c8240 | 5406 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 5407 | |
c906108c SS |
5408 | @noindent |
5409 | and | |
56caf160 | 5410 | |
474c8240 | 5411 | @smallexample |
c906108c | 5412 | ./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} |
474c8240 | 5413 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 5414 | |
c906108c SS |
5415 | @noindent |
5416 | which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} | |
5417 | and no error messages. | |
5418 | ||
56caf160 | 5419 | @noindent |
c906108c SS |
5420 | You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is |
5421 | beyond the scope of this manual. | |
5422 | ||
56caf160 | 5423 | @item |
25822942 | 5424 | To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize |
c906108c SS |
5425 | your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your |
5426 | desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt}, | |
5427 | setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance, | |
5428 | @var{xyz}). | |
5429 | ||
7fd60527 AC |
5430 | @emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file |
5431 | @file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a | |
5432 | new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}. | |
5433 | Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs | |
5434 | to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely | |
5435 | changed again in the future.} | |
5436 | ||
56caf160 | 5437 | @item |
25822942 | 5438 | Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and |
c906108c SS |
5439 | target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your |
5440 | configuration. | |
56caf160 | 5441 | @end itemize |
c906108c | 5442 | |
8973da3a AC |
5443 | @node Releasing GDB |
5444 | ||
5445 | @chapter Releasing @value{GDBN} | |
5446 | @cindex making a new release of gdb | |
5447 | ||
fb0ff88f AC |
5448 | @section Versions and Branches |
5449 | ||
5450 | @subsection Version Identifiers | |
5451 | ||
5452 | @value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file @file{gdb/version.in}. | |
5453 | ||
5454 | @value{GDBN}'s mainline uses ISO dates to differentiate between | |
5455 | versions. The CVS repository uses @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-cvs | |
5456 | while the corresponding snapshot uses @var{YYYYMMDD}. | |
5457 | ||
5458 | @value{GDBN}'s release branch uses a slightly more complicated scheme. | |
5459 | When the branch is first cut, the mainline version identifier is | |
5460 | prefixed with the @var{major}.@var{minor} from of the previous release | |
5461 | series but with .90 appended. As draft releases are drawn from the | |
5462 | branch, the minor minor number (.90) is incremented. Once the first | |
5463 | release (@var{M}.@var{N}) has been made, the version prefix is updated | |
5464 | to @var{M}.@var{N}.0.90 (dot zero, dot ninety). Follow on releases have | |
5465 | an incremented minor minor version number (.0). | |
5466 | ||
5467 | Using 5.1 (previous) and 5.2 (current), the example below illustrates a | |
5468 | typical sequence of version identifiers: | |
5469 | ||
5470 | @table @asis | |
5471 | @item 5.1.1 | |
5472 | final release from previous branch | |
5473 | @item 2002-03-03-cvs | |
5474 | main-line the day the branch is cut | |
5475 | @item 5.1.90-2002-03-03-cvs | |
5476 | corresponding branch version | |
5477 | @item 5.1.91 | |
5478 | first draft release candidate | |
5479 | @item 5.1.91-2002-03-17-cvs | |
5480 | updated branch version | |
5481 | @item 5.1.92 | |
5482 | second draft release candidate | |
5483 | @item 5.1.92-2002-03-31-cvs | |
5484 | updated branch version | |
5485 | @item 5.1.93 | |
5486 | final release candidate (see below) | |
5487 | @item 5.2 | |
5488 | official release | |
5489 | @item 5.2.0.90-2002-04-07-cvs | |
5490 | updated CVS branch version | |
5491 | @item 5.2.1 | |
5492 | second official release | |
5493 | @end table | |
5494 | ||
5495 | Notes: | |
5496 | ||
5497 | @itemize @bullet | |
5498 | @item | |
5499 | Minor minor minor draft release candidates such as 5.2.0.91 have been | |
5500 | omitted from the example. Such release candidates are, typically, never | |
5501 | made. | |
5502 | @item | |
5503 | For 5.1.93 the bziped tar ball @file{gdb-5.1.93.tar.bz2} is just the | |
5504 | official @file{gdb-5.2.tar} renamed and compressed. | |
5505 | @end itemize | |
5506 | ||
5507 | To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file | |
5508 | @file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier | |
5509 | (an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in | |
5510 | its version identifer). | |
5511 | ||
5512 | Since @value{GDBN} does not make minor minor minor releases (e.g., | |
5513 | 5.1.0.1) the conflict between that and a minor minor draft release | |
5514 | identifier (e.g., 5.1.0.90) is avoided. | |
5515 | ||
5516 | ||
5517 | @subsection Branches | |
5518 | ||
5519 | @value{GDBN} draws a release series (5.2, 5.2.1, @dots{}) from a single | |
5520 | release branch (gdb_5_2-branch). Since minor minor minor releases | |
5521 | (5.1.0.1) are not made, the need to branch the release branch is avoided | |
5522 | (it also turns out that the effort required for such a a branch and | |
5523 | release is significantly greater than the effort needed to create a new | |
5524 | release from the head of the release branch). | |
5525 | ||
5526 | Releases 5.0 and 5.1 used branch and release tags of the form: | |
5527 | ||
474c8240 | 5528 | @smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5529 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint |
5530 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branch | |
5531 | gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release | |
474c8240 | 5532 | @end smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5533 | |
5534 | Release 5.2 is trialing the branch and release tags: | |
5535 | ||
474c8240 | 5536 | @smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5537 | gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint |
5538 | gdb_N_M-branch | |
5539 | gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release | |
474c8240 | 5540 | @end smallexample |
fb0ff88f AC |
5541 | |
5542 | @emph{Pragmatics: The branchpoint and release tags need to identify when | |
5543 | a branch and release are made. The branch tag, denoting the head of the | |
5544 | branch, does not have this criteria.} | |
5545 | ||
5546 | ||
9bb0a4d8 AC |
5547 | @section Branch Commit Policy |
5548 | ||
5549 | The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0, | |
5550 | 5.1 and 5.2 all used the below: | |
5551 | ||
5552 | @itemize @bullet | |
5553 | @item | |
5554 | The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds. | |
5555 | @item | |
5556 | Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the | |
5557 | trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS} | |
4be31470 | 5558 | file is better than committing a hack. |
9bb0a4d8 AC |
5559 | @item |
5560 | When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include: | |
5561 | Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run} | |
5562 | when debugging a static binary? | |
5563 | @item | |
5564 | The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely | |
5565 | the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code). | |
5566 | @item | |
5567 | Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've | |
5568 | sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the | |
5569 | @file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)} | |
5570 | @end itemize | |
5571 | ||
5572 | @emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core | |
5573 | functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal. | |
5574 | This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within | |
5575 | reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.} | |
5576 | ||
5577 | ||
cbb09e6a | 5578 | @section Obsoleting code |
8973da3a | 5579 | |
8642bc8f | 5580 | Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source |
4be31470 EZ |
5581 | code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN} |
5582 | (an old target, an unused file). | |
8973da3a | 5583 | |
8642bc8f | 5584 | Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every |
cbb09e6a AC |
5585 | line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has |
5586 | been obsoleted when greping through the sources. | |
8973da3a | 5587 | |
cbb09e6a AC |
5588 | The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the |
5589 | wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond. | |
5590 | Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week. | |
8973da3a | 5591 | |
cbb09e6a | 5592 | @enumerate |
8973da3a | 5593 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5594 | Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing |
5595 | list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly | |
5596 | recommended. | |
8973da3a | 5597 | @item |
cbb09e6a | 5598 | Wait a week or so. |
8973da3a | 5599 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5600 | Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB |
5601 | Announcement mailing list}. | |
8973da3a | 5602 | @item |
cbb09e6a | 5603 | Wait a week or so. |
8973da3a | 5604 | @item |
cbb09e6a AC |
5605 | Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are |
5606 | prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}. | |
5607 | @item | |
5608 | Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been | |
5609 | released. | |
5610 | @item | |
5611 | Remove the obsolete code. | |
5612 | @end enumerate | |
5613 | ||
5614 | @noindent | |
5615 | @emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is | |
5616 | hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it | |
5617 | helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant | |
5618 | or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with | |
5619 | the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer | |
5620 | hand when it comes to fixing broken files.} | |
8973da3a | 5621 | |
8973da3a | 5622 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5623 | |
5624 | @section Before the Branch | |
8973da3a | 5625 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5626 | The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple |
5627 | changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For | |
5628 | instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even | |
5629 | building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the | |
5630 | @file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file. | |
8973da3a | 5631 | |
9ae8b82c | 5632 | @subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS} |
8973da3a | 5633 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5634 | People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know |
5635 | something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule} | |
5636 | script will mention this in its e-mail. | |
8973da3a | 5637 | |
9ae8b82c | 5638 | @subheading Review @file{gdb/README} |
8973da3a | 5639 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5640 | Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the |
5641 | @file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The | |
5642 | @code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail. | |
8642bc8f AC |
5643 | |
5644 | @subheading Refresh any imported files. | |
8973da3a | 5645 | |
8642bc8f | 5646 | A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include: |
8973da3a | 5647 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5648 | @itemize @bullet |
5649 | @item | |
5650 | @file{texinfo/texinfo.tex} | |
5651 | @item | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5652 | @file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS} |
5653 | file) | |
5654 | @item | |
5655 | @file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi} | |
8642bc8f AC |
5656 | @end itemize |
5657 | ||
9ae8b82c | 5658 | @subheading Check the ARI |
8642bc8f | 5659 | |
9ae8b82c AC |
5660 | @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script |
5661 | (Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding | |
5662 | conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead | |
5663 | of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any | |
5664 | regressions. | |
8642bc8f | 5665 | |
9ae8b82c | 5666 | @subsection Review the bug data base |
8642bc8f | 5667 | |
9ae8b82c | 5668 | Close anything obviously fixed. |
8642bc8f | 5669 | |
9ae8b82c | 5670 | @subsection Check all cross targets build |
8642bc8f | 5671 | |
9ae8b82c | 5672 | The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. |
8642bc8f | 5673 | |
8642bc8f | 5674 | |
30107679 | 5675 | @section Cut the Branch |
8642bc8f | 5676 | |
30107679 | 5677 | @subheading Create the branch |
8642bc8f | 5678 | |
474c8240 | 5679 | @smallexample |
30107679 AC |
5680 | $ u=5.1 |
5681 | $ v=5.2 | |
5682 | $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` | |
5683 | $ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` | |
5684 | $ echo $u $V $D | |
5685 | 5.1 5_2 2002-03-03 | |
5686 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5687 | -D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu | |
5688 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag | |
5689 | -D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu | |
5690 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5691 | ... | |
5692 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5693 | -b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu | |
5694 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \ | |
5695 | -b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu | |
5696 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5697 | ... | |
8642bc8f | 5698 | $ |
474c8240 | 5699 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5700 | |
5701 | @itemize @bullet | |
5702 | @item | |
30107679 AC |
5703 | by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact |
5704 | date/time. | |
5705 | @item | |
5706 | the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found | |
5707 | @item | |
5708 | Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time | |
8642bc8f | 5709 | @item |
30107679 | 5710 | @file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts |
8642bc8f | 5711 | @item |
30107679 AC |
5712 | the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f} |
5713 | @end itemize | |
5714 | ||
5715 | @subheading Update @file{version.in} | |
5716 | ||
5717 | @smallexample | |
5718 | $ u=5.1 | |
5719 | $ v=5.2 | |
5720 | $ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'` | |
5721 | $ echo $u $v$V | |
5722 | 5.1 5_2 | |
5723 | $ cd /tmp | |
5724 | $ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \ | |
5725 | -r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in | |
5726 | cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co | |
5727 | -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in | |
5728 | $ ^echo ^^ | |
5729 | U src/gdb/version.in | |
5730 | $ cd src/gdb | |
5731 | $ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in | |
5732 | $ cat version.in | |
5733 | 5.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs | |
5734 | $ cvs -f commit version.in | |
5735 | @end smallexample | |
5736 | ||
5737 | @itemize @bullet | |
5738 | @item | |
5739 | @file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update | |
5740 | mechanism | |
5741 | @item | |
5742 | @file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary | |
5743 | initial branch version number | |
8642bc8f AC |
5744 | @end itemize |
5745 | ||
8642bc8f AC |
5746 | |
5747 | @subheading Update the web and news pages | |
5748 | ||
30107679 AC |
5749 | Something? |
5750 | ||
8642bc8f AC |
5751 | @subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch |
5752 | ||
30107679 AC |
5753 | The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table. |
5754 | This file needs to be updated so that: | |
5755 | ||
5756 | @itemize @bullet | |
5757 | @item | |
5758 | a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in} | |
5759 | @item | |
5760 | the new branch is included in the snapshot process | |
5761 | @end itemize | |
5762 | ||
5763 | @noindent | |
5764 | See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated | |
5765 | cron table. | |
5766 | ||
5767 | The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect | |
5768 | any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/ | |
5769 | snapshot directories. | |
5770 | ||
5771 | ||
5772 | @subheading Update the NEWS and README files | |
5773 | ||
5774 | The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers | |
5775 | to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also | |
5776 | refers to @emph{changes since the current release}. | |
5777 | ||
5778 | The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the | |
5779 | current release. | |
5780 | ||
5781 | @subheading Post the branch info | |
5782 | ||
5783 | Send an announcement to the mailing lists: | |
5784 | ||
5785 | @itemize @bullet | |
5786 | @item | |
5787 | @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list} | |
5788 | @item | |
5789 | @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and | |
5790 | @email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} | |
16737d73 | 5791 | @end itemize |
30107679 AC |
5792 | |
5793 | @emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to | |
5794 | ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion | |
5795 | list are alerted.} | |
5796 | ||
5797 | The announcement should include: | |
5798 | ||
5799 | @itemize @bullet | |
5800 | @item | |
5801 | the branch tag | |
5802 | @item | |
5803 | how to check out the branch using CVS | |
5804 | @item | |
5805 | the date/number of weeks until the release | |
5806 | @item | |
5807 | the branch commit policy | |
5808 | still holds. | |
16737d73 | 5809 | @end itemize |
30107679 | 5810 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5811 | @section Stabilize the branch |
5812 | ||
5813 | Something goes here. | |
5814 | ||
5815 | @section Create a Release | |
5816 | ||
0816590b AC |
5817 | The process of creating and then making available a release is broken |
5818 | down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical | |
5819 | process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the | |
5820 | process of releasing that tar ball. | |
8973da3a | 5821 | |
0816590b AC |
5822 | When making a release candidate just the first section is needed. |
5823 | ||
5824 | @subsection Create a release candidate | |
5825 | ||
5826 | The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be | |
5827 | made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release | |
5828 | candidate). | |
5829 | ||
5830 | @subsubheading Freeze the branch | |
5831 | ||
5832 | Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to | |
5833 | @email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}. | |
5834 | ||
5835 | @subsubheading Establish a few defaults. | |
8973da3a | 5836 | |
474c8240 | 5837 | @smallexample |
0816590b AC |
5838 | $ b=gdb_5_2-branch |
5839 | $ v=5.2 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5840 | $ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp |
5841 | $ echo $t/$b/$v | |
0816590b | 5842 | /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
8642bc8f AC |
5843 | $ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v |
5844 | $ cd $t/$b/$v | |
5845 | $ pwd | |
0816590b | 5846 | /sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2 |
8973da3a AC |
5847 | $ which autoconf |
5848 | /home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf | |
8642bc8f | 5849 | $ |
474c8240 | 5850 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5851 | |
0816590b AC |
5852 | @noindent |
5853 | Notes: | |
8973da3a | 5854 | |
0816590b AC |
5855 | @itemize @bullet |
5856 | @item | |
5857 | Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the | |
4a2b4636 JB |
5858 | version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be |
5859 | found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very | |
0816590b AC |
5860 | unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g., |
5861 | @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct. | |
5862 | @end itemize | |
5863 | ||
5864 | @subsubheading Check out the relevant modules: | |
8973da3a | 5865 | |
474c8240 | 5866 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5867 | $ for m in gdb insight dejagnu |
5868 | do | |
8973da3a AC |
5869 | ( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m ) |
5870 | done | |
8642bc8f | 5871 | $ |
474c8240 | 5872 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5873 | |
0816590b AC |
5874 | @noindent |
5875 | Note: | |
8642bc8f | 5876 | |
0816590b AC |
5877 | @itemize @bullet |
5878 | @item | |
5879 | The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't | |
5880 | any confusion between what is written here and what your local | |
5881 | @code{cvs} really does. | |
5882 | @end itemize | |
5883 | ||
5884 | @subsubheading Update relevant files. | |
8973da3a | 5885 | |
0816590b AC |
5886 | @table @file |
5887 | ||
5888 | @item gdb/NEWS | |
8642bc8f AC |
5889 | |
5890 | Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor | |
5891 | releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed. | |
5892 | ||
0816590b | 5893 | Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry. |
8973da3a | 5894 | |
474c8240 | 5895 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5896 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS |
5897 | ... | |
5898 | c-x 4 a | |
5899 | ... | |
5900 | c-x c-s c-x c-c | |
5901 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS | |
5902 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5903 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5904 | |
0816590b AC |
5905 | @item gdb/README |
5906 | ||
5907 | You'll need to update: | |
8973da3a | 5908 | |
0816590b AC |
5909 | @itemize @bullet |
5910 | @item | |
5911 | the version | |
5912 | @item | |
5913 | the update date | |
5914 | @item | |
5915 | who did it | |
5916 | @end itemize | |
8973da3a | 5917 | |
474c8240 | 5918 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
5919 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README |
5920 | ... | |
8973da3a | 5921 | c-x 4 a |
8642bc8f | 5922 | ... |
8973da3a | 5923 | c-x c-s c-x c-c |
8642bc8f AC |
5924 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README |
5925 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5926 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5927 | |
0816590b AC |
5928 | @emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed |
5929 | before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed | |
5930 | to get it updated.} | |
8973da3a | 5931 | |
8642bc8f AC |
5932 | @emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and |
5933 | @file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth | |
5934 | pursuing.} | |
8973da3a | 5935 | |
0816590b | 5936 | @item gdb/version.in |
8973da3a | 5937 | |
474c8240 | 5938 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f | 5939 | $ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
0816590b AC |
5940 | $ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
5941 | 5.2 | |
8642bc8f | 5942 | $ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in |
8973da3a AC |
5943 | ... |
5944 | c-x 4 a | |
0816590b | 5945 | ... Bump to version ... |
8973da3a | 5946 | c-x c-s c-x c-c |
8642bc8f AC |
5947 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in |
5948 | $ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog | |
474c8240 | 5949 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5950 | |
0816590b | 5951 | @item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in |
8642bc8f AC |
5952 | |
5953 | Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to | |
0816590b | 5954 | @code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91. |
8642bc8f | 5955 | |
0816590b | 5956 | Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}. |
8642bc8f | 5957 | |
0816590b | 5958 | Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry. |
8642bc8f | 5959 | |
0816590b AC |
5960 | @smallexample |
5961 | $ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in | |
5962 | ... | |
5963 | c-x 4 a | |
5964 | ... | |
5965 | c-x c-s c-x c-c | |
5966 | $ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf ) | |
5967 | @end smallexample | |
8642bc8f | 5968 | |
0816590b AC |
5969 | @end table |
5970 | ||
5971 | @subsubheading Do the dirty work | |
5972 | ||
5973 | This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot. | |
8973da3a | 5974 | |
4ce8657e MC |
5975 | @smallexample |
5976 | $ for m in gdb insight | |
5977 | do | |
5978 | ( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar ) | |
5979 | done | |
5980 | $ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 ) | |
5981 | @end smallexample | |
5982 | ||
5983 | If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release} | |
5984 | (@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead: | |
5985 | ||
474c8240 | 5986 | @smallexample |
0816590b | 5987 | $ for m in gdb insight |
8642bc8f | 5988 | do |
0816590b | 5989 | ( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar ) |
8973da3a | 5990 | done |
0816590b | 5991 | $ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 ) |
474c8240 | 5992 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 5993 | |
0816590b | 5994 | @subsubheading Check the source files |
8642bc8f | 5995 | |
0816590b | 5996 | You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared. |
8642bc8f AC |
5997 | @kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out |
5998 | for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}. | |
8973da3a | 5999 | |
474c8240 | 6000 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
6001 | $ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update ) |
6002 | M djunpack.bat | |
0816590b | 6003 | ? gdb-5.1.91.tar |
8642bc8f | 6004 | ? proto-toplev |
0816590b | 6005 | @dots{} lots of generated files @dots{} |
8642bc8f AC |
6006 | M gdb/ChangeLog |
6007 | M gdb/NEWS | |
6008 | M gdb/README | |
6009 | M gdb/version.in | |
0816590b | 6010 | @dots{} lots of generated files @dots{} |
8642bc8f | 6011 | $ |
474c8240 | 6012 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 6013 | |
0816590b | 6014 | @noindent |
8642bc8f AC |
6015 | @emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or |
6016 | @file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1} | |
6017 | was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they | |
6018 | didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.} | |
8973da3a | 6019 | |
0816590b | 6020 | @subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release |
8973da3a | 6021 | |
474c8240 | 6022 | @smallexample |
0816590b AC |
6023 | $ cp */src/*.tar . |
6024 | $ cp */src/*.bz2 . | |
6025 | $ ls -F | |
6026 | dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar | |
6027 | $ for m in gdb insight | |
6028 | do | |
6029 | bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2 | |
6030 | gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz | |
6031 | done | |
6032 | $ | |
474c8240 | 6033 | @end smallexample |
8973da3a | 6034 | |
0816590b AC |
6035 | @noindent |
6036 | Note: | |
6037 | ||
6038 | @itemize @bullet | |
6039 | @item | |
6040 | A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since, | |
6041 | in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence, | |
6042 | can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release | |
6043 | process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes. | |
6044 | @end itemize | |
6045 | ||
6046 | @subsection Sanity check the tar ball | |
8973da3a | 6047 | |
0816590b | 6048 | Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that. |
8973da3a | 6049 | |
0816590b AC |
6050 | @smallexample |
6051 | $ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf - | |
6052 | $ cd gdb-5.2 | |
6053 | $ ./configure | |
6054 | $ make | |
6055 | @dots{} | |
6056 | $ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb | |
6057 | GNU gdb 5.2 | |
6058 | @dots{} | |
6059 | (gdb) b main | |
6060 | Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734. | |
6061 | (gdb) run | |
6062 | Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb | |
6063 | ||
6064 | Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734 | |
6065 | 734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL); | |
6066 | (gdb) print args | |
6067 | $1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@} | |
6068 | (gdb) | |
6069 | @end smallexample | |
8973da3a | 6070 | |
0816590b | 6071 | @subsection Make a release candidate available |
8973da3a | 6072 | |
0816590b | 6073 | If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are: |
8642bc8f | 6074 | |
0816590b AC |
6075 | @enumerate |
6076 | @item | |
6077 | Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog} | |
6078 | @item | |
6079 | Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read | |
6080 | @var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update | |
6081 | process can restart. | |
6082 | @item | |
6083 | Make the release candidate available in | |
6084 | @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch} | |
6085 | @item | |
6086 | Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and | |
6087 | @email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available. | |
6088 | @end enumerate | |
8642bc8f | 6089 | |
0816590b | 6090 | @subsection Make a formal release available |
8642bc8f | 6091 | |
0816590b | 6092 | (And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.) |
8642bc8f | 6093 | |
0816590b | 6094 | @subsubheading Install on sware |
8642bc8f | 6095 | |
0816590b | 6096 | Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory: |
8642bc8f | 6097 | |
474c8240 | 6098 | @smallexample |
0816590b | 6099 | $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/ |
8642bc8f | 6100 | $ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases |
474c8240 | 6101 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6102 | |
0816590b AC |
6103 | @noindent |
6104 | Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases | |
6105 | are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1): | |
6106 | ||
6107 | @smallexample | |
6108 | $ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases | |
6109 | $ rm @dots{} | |
6110 | @end smallexample | |
6111 | ||
6112 | @noindent | |
6113 | Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases | |
6114 | directory: | |
6115 | ||
6116 | @smallexample | |
6117 | $ vi README | |
6118 | @dots{} | |
6119 | $ rm -f .message | |
6120 | $ ln README .message | |
6121 | @end smallexample | |
8642bc8f | 6122 | |
0816590b | 6123 | @subsubheading Update the web pages. |
8973da3a | 6124 | |
0816590b AC |
6125 | @table @file |
6126 | ||
6127 | @item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT | |
6128 | This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes: | |
8973da3a AC |
6129 | @itemize @bullet |
6130 | @item | |
0816590b | 6131 | General announcement |
8642bc8f | 6132 | @item |
0816590b AC |
6133 | News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from |
6134 | earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release. | |
8973da3a | 6135 | @item |
0816590b AC |
6136 | Errata |
6137 | @end itemize | |
6138 | ||
6139 | @item htdocs/index.html | |
6140 | @itemx htdocs/news/index.html | |
6141 | @itemx htdocs/download/index.html | |
6142 | These files include: | |
6143 | @itemize @bullet | |
8642bc8f | 6144 | @item |
0816590b | 6145 | announcement of the most recent release |
8642bc8f | 6146 | @item |
0816590b | 6147 | news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory). |
8973da3a | 6148 | @end itemize |
0816590b | 6149 | These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}. |
8973da3a | 6150 | |
0816590b | 6151 | @item download/onlinedocs/ |
8642bc8f AC |
6152 | You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online |
6153 | docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output | |
0816590b | 6154 | from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly. |
8642bc8f AC |
6155 | Something like: |
6156 | ||
474c8240 | 6157 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6158 | $ ~/ss/update-web-docs \ |
0816590b | 6159 | ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ |
8642bc8f | 6160 | $PWD/www \ |
0816590b | 6161 | /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \ |
8642bc8f | 6162 | gdb |
474c8240 | 6163 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6164 | |
0816590b AC |
6165 | @item download/ari/ |
6166 | Just like the online documentation. Something like: | |
8642bc8f | 6167 | |
0816590b AC |
6168 | @smallexample |
6169 | $ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \ | |
6170 | ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \ | |
6171 | $PWD/www \ | |
6172 | /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \ | |
6173 | gdb | |
6174 | @end smallexample | |
6175 | ||
6176 | @end table | |
6177 | ||
6178 | @subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu | |
6179 | ||
6180 | Something goes here. | |
6181 | ||
6182 | ||
6183 | @subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU | |
6184 | ||
6185 | At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in | |
6186 | @file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}. | |
6187 | ||
6188 | @subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} | |
6189 | ||
6190 | Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to: | |
8642bc8f AC |
6191 | |
6192 | @itemize @bullet | |
6193 | @item | |
6194 | @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list} | |
6195 | @item | |
0816590b AC |
6196 | @email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a |
6197 | day or so to let things get out) | |
6198 | @item | |
6199 | @email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list} | |
8642bc8f AC |
6200 | @end itemize |
6201 | ||
0816590b | 6202 | @subsection Cleanup |
8642bc8f | 6203 | |
0816590b | 6204 | The release is out but you're still not finished. |
8642bc8f | 6205 | |
0816590b | 6206 | @subsubheading Commit outstanding changes |
8642bc8f | 6207 | |
0816590b | 6208 | In particular you'll need to commit any changes to: |
8642bc8f AC |
6209 | |
6210 | @itemize @bullet | |
6211 | @item | |
6212 | @file{gdb/ChangeLog} | |
6213 | @item | |
6214 | @file{gdb/version.in} | |
6215 | @item | |
6216 | @file{gdb/NEWS} | |
6217 | @item | |
6218 | @file{gdb/README} | |
6219 | @end itemize | |
6220 | ||
0816590b | 6221 | @subsubheading Tag the release |
8642bc8f AC |
6222 | |
6223 | Something like: | |
6224 | ||
474c8240 | 6225 | @smallexample |
8642bc8f AC |
6226 | $ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d` |
6227 | $ echo $d | |
6228 | 2002-01-24 | |
6229 | $ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update ) | |
0816590b | 6230 | $ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release ) |
474c8240 | 6231 | @end smallexample |
8642bc8f | 6232 | |
0816590b AC |
6233 | Insight is used since that contains more of the release than |
6234 | @value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live | |
6235 | with that). | |
6236 | ||
6237 | @subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk | |
8642bc8f | 6238 | |
0816590b AC |
6239 | Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also |
6240 | indicates when the release was made. | |
6241 | ||
6242 | @subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in} | |
8642bc8f AC |
6243 | |
6244 | If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as | |
6245 | @kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having | |
6246 | committed all the release changes it can be set to | |
0816590b | 6247 | @file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_} |
8642bc8f AC |
6248 | is important - it affects the snapshot process). |
6249 | ||
6250 | Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}. | |
6251 | ||
0816590b | 6252 | @subsubheading Merge into trunk |
8973da3a | 6253 | |
8642bc8f AC |
6254 | The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the |
6255 | trunk. | |
8973da3a | 6256 | |
0816590b AC |
6257 | @subsubheading Revise the release schedule |
6258 | ||
6259 | Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB | |
6260 | Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be | |
6261 | generated by running: | |
6262 | ||
6263 | @smallexample | |
6264 | $ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule | |
6265 | @end smallexample | |
6266 | ||
6267 | @noindent | |
6268 | The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch) | |
6269 | of the most recent release. | |
6270 | ||
6271 | Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}. | |
6272 | ||
8642bc8f | 6273 | @section Post release |
8973da3a | 6274 | |
8642bc8f | 6275 | Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code. |
8973da3a | 6276 | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6277 | @node Testsuite |
6278 | ||
6279 | @chapter Testsuite | |
56caf160 | 6280 | @cindex test suite |
085dd6e6 | 6281 | |
56caf160 EZ |
6282 | The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package. |
6283 | While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice | |
6284 | this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of | |
6285 | the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change | |
6286 | to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time. | |
085dd6e6 | 6287 | |
56caf160 EZ |
6288 | The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. |
6289 | DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests | |
6290 | themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the | |
6291 | procs and summarizes the passes and fails. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6292 | |
6293 | @section Using the Testsuite | |
6294 | ||
56caf160 | 6295 | @cindex running the test suite |
25822942 | 6296 | To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the |
085dd6e6 JM |
6297 | testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some |
6298 | environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While | |
6299 | the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use, | |
6300 | and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is | |
6301 | finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this: | |
56caf160 | 6302 | |
474c8240 | 6303 | @smallexample |
085dd6e6 JM |
6304 | === gdb Summary === |
6305 | ||
6306 | # of expected passes 6016 | |
6307 | # of unexpected failures 58 | |
6308 | # of unexpected successes 5 | |
6309 | # of expected failures 183 | |
6310 | # of unresolved testcases 3 | |
6311 | # of untested testcases 5 | |
474c8240 | 6312 | @end smallexample |
56caf160 | 6313 | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6314 | The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality |
6315 | conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate | |
56caf160 EZ |
6316 | real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected |
6317 | failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too | |
6318 | hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work | |
6319 | everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case | |
6320 | being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added | |
6321 | lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}. | |
6322 | Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some | |
6323 | reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor | |
6324 | catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test | |
6325 | program. | |
6326 | ||
6327 | When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the | |
6328 | testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no | |
6329 | regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you | |
6330 | run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of | |
6331 | compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases | |
6332 | testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful | |
6333 | options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86) | |
6334 | host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi, | |
6335 | mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha). | |
6336 | ||
6337 | If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding | |
6338 | tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect | |
6339 | and fix their changes that break the functionality you added. | |
6340 | Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test | |
6341 | failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely | |
6342 | difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs | |
6343 | in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write | |
6344 | tests for all of those. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6345 | |
6346 | @section Testsuite Organization | |
6347 | ||
56caf160 | 6348 | @cindex test suite organization |
085dd6e6 JM |
6349 | The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the |
6350 | testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal, | |
6351 | and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves | |
25822942 | 6352 | handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file |
085dd6e6 | 6353 | @file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for |
25822942 | 6354 | all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains |
085dd6e6 JM |
6355 | configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose |
6356 | definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}. | |
6357 | ||
6358 | The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and | |
6359 | subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end | |
6360 | with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding | |
6361 | in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files | |
6362 | get chosen and run in alphabetical order. | |
6363 | ||
6364 | The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they | |
6365 | are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are | |
6366 | located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and | |
6367 | execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and | |
6368 | intelligibility. | |
6369 | ||
56caf160 | 6370 | @table @file |
085dd6e6 | 6371 | @item gdb.base |
085dd6e6 | 6372 | This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all |
25822942 | 6373 | configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here). |
085dd6e6 | 6374 | The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R, |
56caf160 | 6375 | ANSI/ISO, and C++ (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance |
085dd6e6 JM |
6376 | for prototypes). |
6377 | ||
6378 | @item gdb.@var{lang} | |
56caf160 | 6379 | Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are |
085dd6e6 JM |
6380 | @file{gdb.c++} and @file{gdb.java}. |
6381 | ||
6382 | @item gdb.@var{platform} | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6383 | Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration |
6384 | (host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for | |
6385 | HP-UX. | |
6386 | ||
6387 | @item gdb.@var{compiler} | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6388 | Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June |
6389 | 1999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that | |
6390 | couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could | |
56caf160 EZ |
6391 | imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC |
6392 | extensions. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6393 | |
6394 | @item gdb.@var{subsystem} | |
25822942 | 6395 | Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For |
085dd6e6 JM |
6396 | instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while |
6397 | @file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader. | |
085dd6e6 JM |
6398 | @end table |
6399 | ||
6400 | @section Writing Tests | |
56caf160 | 6401 | @cindex writing tests |
085dd6e6 | 6402 | |
25822942 | 6403 | In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you |
085dd6e6 JM |
6404 | should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases. |
6405 | ||
6406 | You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it | |
6407 | includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen. | |
6408 | However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for | |
6409 | instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that | |
6410 | calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times. | |
6411 | ||
6412 | Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely | |
25822942 | 6413 | necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command. |
085dd6e6 JM |
6414 | |
6415 | The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent | |
25822942 | 6416 | style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different |
085dd6e6 | 6417 | styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for |
25822942 | 6418 | instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would |
085dd6e6 JM |
6419 | never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style |
6420 | uniformly. | |
6421 | ||
c906108c SS |
6422 | @node Hints |
6423 | ||
6424 | @chapter Hints | |
6425 | ||
6426 | Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not | |
6427 | appear anywhere else in the directory. | |
6428 | ||
6429 | @menu | |
25822942 | 6430 | * Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN} |
33e16fad | 6431 | * Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself |
c906108c SS |
6432 | @end menu |
6433 | ||
6434 | @node Getting Started,,, Hints | |
6435 | ||
6436 | @section Getting Started | |
6437 | ||
25822942 | 6438 | @value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to |
c906108c SS |
6439 | work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you |
6440 | know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on. | |
6441 | ||
25822942 DB |
6442 | This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies |
6443 | generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}. | |
c906108c SS |
6444 | |
6445 | Information about particular functions or data structures are located in | |
6446 | comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a | |
6447 | function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly | |
25822942 | 6448 | explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel |
c906108c SS |
6449 | free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure |
6450 | out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is | |
6451 | actually wrong, be especially sure to report that. | |
6452 | ||
6453 | Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or | |
6454 | native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are | |
6455 | repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the | |
6456 | macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a | |
6457 | default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual | |
6458 | also documents all the available macros. | |
6459 | @c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target | |
6460 | @c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete | |
6461 | @c Conditionals}) | |
6462 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
6463 | Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how |
6464 | @value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h}, | |
6465 | @file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the | |
6466 | code which uses and creates those symbol tables. | |
c906108c SS |
6467 | |
6468 | You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to | |
6469 | enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another | |
25822942 | 6470 | language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use |
c906108c SS |
6471 | the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case |
6472 | and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes | |
6473 | are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active | |
6474 | approach. | |
6475 | ||
25822942 | 6476 | Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more |
c906108c SS |
6477 | specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each |
6478 | function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you | |
6479 | will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through | |
6480 | calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding | |
6481 | (perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being | |
6482 | called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the | |
6483 | functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the | |
6484 | one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data | |
6485 | structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in | |
6486 | the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to | |
6487 | look like. | |
6488 | ||
6489 | Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the | |
6490 | code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general | |
6491 | principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something | |
6492 | else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does, | |
6493 | rather than worrying about all its details. | |
6494 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
6495 | @cindex command implementation |
6496 | A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with | |
6497 | a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how | |
6498 | single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the | |
6499 | @code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked | |
6500 | via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function | |
6501 | which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of | |
6502 | the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an | |
6503 | @code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step} | |
6504 | command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info | |
6505 | display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is | |
6506 | not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x | |
6507 | tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a | |
6508 | breakpoint in @code{execute_command}. | |
6509 | ||
6510 | @cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list | |
c906108c SS |
6511 | If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information |
6512 | on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was | |
6513 | wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding | |
25822942 | 6514 | @value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual. |
c906108c SS |
6515 | Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course. |
6516 | ||
33e16fad | 6517 | @node Debugging GDB,,,Hints |
c906108c | 6518 | |
25822942 | 6519 | @section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself |
56caf160 | 6520 | @cindex debugging @value{GDBN} |
c906108c | 6521 | |
25822942 | 6522 | If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it |
c906108c SS |
6523 | fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like |
6524 | Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being | |
56caf160 | 6525 | debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb |
c906108c | 6526 | ./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to |
56caf160 | 6527 | @file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}. |
c906108c | 6528 | |
25822942 | 6529 | When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a |
c906108c SS |
6530 | @file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging |
6531 | gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand | |
25822942 | 6532 | in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level |
c906108c SS |
6533 | gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details. |
6534 | ||
6535 | If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after | |
6536 | you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent | |
6537 | routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by | |
6538 | @kbd{M-.} | |
6539 | ||
25822942 | 6540 | Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or |
c906108c SS |
6541 | have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc. |
6542 | ||
6543 | @section Submitting Patches | |
6544 | ||
56caf160 | 6545 | @cindex submitting patches |
c906108c | 6546 | Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of |
25822942 | 6547 | @value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements. |
c906108c SS |
6548 | Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the |
6549 | changes. | |
6550 | ||
25822942 DB |
6551 | The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches. |
6552 | This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}. | |
c906108c SS |
6553 | |
6554 | If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives, | |
6555 | or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue | |
6556 | with everyone else's patches and bug reports. | |
6557 | ||
56caf160 | 6558 | @cindex legal papers for code contributions |
c906108c SS |
6559 | The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a |
6560 | copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership | |
6561 | of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6562 | standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org} |
6563 | and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs | |
6564 | owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that | |
56caf160 EZ |
6565 | changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC, |
6566 | etc) can be | |
9e0b60a8 | 6567 | contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the |
be9c6c35 | 6568 | bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6569 | this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow |
6570 | since we maintain it for them). | |
c906108c SS |
6571 | |
6572 | Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each | |
56caf160 EZ |
6573 | feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}. |
6574 | Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and | |
6575 | header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for | |
6576 | each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes | |
6577 | needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or | |
6578 | @file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a | |
6579 | single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages. | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6580 | |
6581 | In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the | |
c906108c | 6582 | sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in. |
56caf160 EZ |
6583 | If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave |
6584 | out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc. | |
c906108c | 6585 | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6586 | The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not |
6587 | install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions | |
6588 | or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you | |
c906108c | 6589 | will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable. |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6590 | The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that |
6591 | the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are | |
6592 | being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we | |
6593 | tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from | |
6594 | the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are | |
6595 | acceptable. | |
6596 | ||
6597 | If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot | |
6598 | of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get | |
6599 | installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug | |
c906108c SS |
6600 | reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive |
6601 | complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day | |
9e0b60a8 JM |
6602 | they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time |
6603 | permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not | |
6604 | be for quite some time. | |
c906108c | 6605 | |
56caf160 | 6606 | Please send patches directly to |
47b95330 | 6607 | @email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}. |
c906108c SS |
6608 | |
6609 | @section Obsolete Conditionals | |
56caf160 | 6610 | @cindex obsolete code |
c906108c | 6611 | |
25822942 | 6612 | Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following |
c906108c SS |
6613 | configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses |
6614 | should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched. | |
6615 | ||
6616 | @table @code | |
c906108c SS |
6617 | @item STACK_END_ADDR |
6618 | This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use | |
6619 | in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the | |
25822942 DB |
6620 | core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN} |
6621 | gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration | |
c906108c | 6622 | files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there), |
25822942 | 6623 | and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files. |
c906108c SS |
6624 | |
6625 | Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR | |
6626 | is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old! | |
6627 | ||
c906108c SS |
6628 | @end table |
6629 | ||
bcd7e15f | 6630 | @include observer.texi |
aab4e0ec AC |
6631 | @include fdl.texi |
6632 | ||
56caf160 EZ |
6633 | @node Index |
6634 | @unnumbered Index | |
6635 | ||
6636 | @printindex cp | |
6637 | ||
c906108c | 6638 | @bye |